Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 26 of 32

SL-IV MC2500/I
Time: 12:26 CDT, 71:17:26 GMT

1125174
PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. (Garble) 67

26:06, turn the ALTIMETER back ON.
SPT HACK. End of the first exposure. Coming
up onsecond.
PLT MARK.
SPT HACK.
PLT 26:05, ALTIMETER, ON.
PLT And the UNLOCK light is flickering, so I
have a READY light. Stand by -
PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE on the 190 at 20:16.
SPT (Garble) One extra exposure in there.
PLT I'm not hearing (garble) come off of there
so I turned it higher (garble) negative - MALF light again.
(Garble) 27:15.
PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time
17 hours 27 minutes. Loss of signal through Bermuda as the
Skylab IV crew continues EREP pass number 31 in the mission
of Skylab IV. The pass will end at 17:33 Greenwich mean time
at a point northeast of Recife in Brazil. G&N officer
reports 4 mibs being fired during the latter part of the
maneuver as the TACS system took over temporary control during
this EREP pass. Next acquisition will be through Ascension
in 7 minutes. At that time, the Skylab IV crew should've
concluded the EREP pass and again reorientation of the vehicle
back to its standard mode of solar inertial with the ATM and
solar panels aimed at the Sun. At Greenwich mean time 17 hours
28 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension
for 4-1/2 minutes. Out.
CC And I've got some open circuit voltage
adjust settings for you if anyone's free.
CDR Go ahead, Bruce.
CC Okay. Regulator control, fine adjustment
number 7_ that's one of the screw driver slotted jobs. That's
number 7, we want to turn it i0 degrees countercloekwiso and
then I've got the BUS adjustments.
CDR Okay. It's done.
CC Okay. BUS i, pot 15 degrees counterclock-
wise and BUS 2, i0 degrees counterclockwise.
CDR Okay. Those are done.
CC Okay. That's it. Thank you.
CC Skylab_ this is Houston. 1-1/2 minutes
to LOS. Next station contact in 26-i/2 through Carnarvon at
18z06 with a data/voice tape recorder dump at AOS. The OCV
adjustments look good and if you've got an EREP tape remaining
measurement for us.
PLT Not yet, Bruce. I'ii have it at the next
station,
CC Okay. Thank you.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2501/I
Time: 12:41 CDT, 71:17:41 GMT
1/25/74
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time

17 hours and 42 minutes. We've had loss of signal through
the Ascension tracking station. 7 mibs fired during the
EREP pass. The vehicle now reorienting back to solar
inertial. The EREP pass, apparently, very successful, the
crew giving very vivid descriptions during the pass, which
began 1600 miles west of Vancouver Island and ended as the
spacecraft crossed over Brazil and over the Atlantic Ocean.
Next acquisition in 22 minutes and 45 seconds. Acquisition
will be through Carnarvon. At Greenwich mean time 17 hours
and 42 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
18 hours and 4 minutes. Acquisition coming through Carnarvon
in 50 seconds. G&N officer reports at the close of the EREP
pass, the Skylab had used 4 7 mibs, or about 35 pound-
seconds of TACS propellant. This is because when the maneuver
was started, the vehicle was about 2 degrees out of
error in the Z-attitude at the time of the start of maneuver.
So the mibs were fired by automatically by the vehicle as
the EREP pass was taking place. This did not effect the
EREP pass, nor did it effect the CMG number 2. We'll bring
the line up for this pass through Carnarvon as Skylab is in
its 3698th revolution.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Carnarvon
for 5 minutes. We have a data/voice tape recorder dump here
at AOS. And if you'd stay off the DAS for a minute we'll
send you a nuZ update. Over.
S°T Roger. You have it.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. I minute to
LOS. Next station contact in 4_i/2 minutes through Guam at
18:19. Out.
CC Skylabp this is Houston through Guam
fo_ 8_i/2 minutes. And if all of you are within earshot of
a speaEer box_ l've got a message for you.
PLT Press on, Bruce.
CC Okay. I quote, "Congratulations on
breaEing the last remaining manned space flight duration
recordj and especially for the outstanding work you have
done and are continuing to do in the fields of space science,
space applications and in learning about man's reaction to
space, Keep up the good work. See you soon." Signed, James
C. Fletc_er and George M. Lowe, Over.
PLT Roger, Bruce. We copy. We thank them
very much for the kind words. And we want to thank every-
body on tbe ground that _s been helping us. We certainly needed
a lot of help and we received it. Thank you.
CC Okay, And we're all looking forward to
8e_ing you back here in the not too far distant future.
SL-IV MC-2501/2
Time: 12:41 CDT, 71:17:41 GMT
1/25/74
PLT We're certainly looking forward to being

back there. I can tell you that.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. We've got
about 3 minutes remaining this pass. For the PLT, have
you had a chance to make the tape remaining measurement
yet on the EREP tape? Over.
PLT Negative. I haven't. But I'ii get it
in about 30 seconds.
CC Okay.
PLT That's 2.85 centimeters.
CC 2.85 centimeters. Thank you, Bill.
And you've got about a minute and a half now to LOS. Next
station contact in 17 minutes through Goldstone at 18:44.
And that measurement will let our guys get the pads in shape
a little early for tomorrow's run.
PLT Okay, Bruce, now to read back. You did
say 2, right? It's 2.85.
CC 2.85.
2 PLT Thank you.
18 hours 29 minutes, with loss of signal 15 minutes and
15 seconds through Goldstone. A telegram from NASA Administrator
Dr. Fletcher and George Lowe, complimenting the crew on the
work they have accomplished in their i0 weeks in space.
The crew has accomplished about everything they've set out
to do, so far. As far as the 10-week cumulative total for
the mission, close to or above the nominal premission plan
in the area of medical experiments. 437 hours was premissioned
planned for 84 - 437 hours to be spent on medical experiments.
Through yesterday, mission day 70, the crew has more than
300 hours of medical experiments aboard Skylab space station.
Total manned hours viewing time at the ATM console_ premis-
sion plan for the entire mission was 516 hours. The crew,
through yesterdayp has accumulated 472 hours at the ATM
console. In the area of comet observations with the ATM
instruments, 23 hours was premission planned. The crew
has more than doubled that with 52 hours spent with the ATM
instruments gathering data on comet Kohoutek. Premission
plan calls for 18 hours being spent operating the EREP
instruments for the entire mission up through yesterday,
exclusive of pass. ii hours and 43 minutes have been spent.
In the corollary experiment area, experiments such as $20,
S063, and T025, the crew has logged 102 hours through
mission day 70 as opposed to 143 hours for the premission
plan for the entire 84-day mission. On the corollary experi-
mentm not using the scientific airlock, 309 - 166 hours were
planned for these instruments. The crew through mission
day 70 has performed 96 hours of experiments with corollary
SL-IV MC-2501/3
Time: 12:41 CDT, 71:17:41 GMT
1/25/74
experiments not using the scientific airlock. Again in

the comet observations premission plan called for 142 hours
of operation of corollary experiments viewing the comet.
The crew is actually through again - through mission day 70
performed 91 hours of experiments with these instruments.
Overall, total mission allocation of hours including opera-
tional functions aboard the spacecraft, mission requirement
operation, detail test objectives, student experiments,
medical experiments, ATM, ATM comet observations, EREP and
corollary. 6092 hours were planned for these overall opera-
tions for the mission. 6092 hours. Through the 10th week
of operation the crew has performed 4982 hours of experimentation
aboard Skylab. Next acquisition in i0 minutes through Goldstone.
At Greenwich mean time 18 hours and 34 minutes, this is
Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2502/I
Time: 13:43 CDT, 71:18:43 GMT
1/25/74

18 hours 43 minutes. Acquisition coming through Goldstone
tracking station for a Te- stateside pass. We'll leave
the line up for approximately 18-minute pass.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Goldstone
and Merrltt Island for 16 minutes and we're sending up a
handmade command to close the evacuation valve on all three
GMGs in an effort to stabilize the situation and maybe help
out CMG-2. So it should be coming up shortly. Over.
CDR Roger.
CC And with respect to the S183 DAC optics
subject, it_ our belief that the old replaced optics maybe
stowed in F-510 Bravo. If you follow the (garble) procedures
word for word, it was the tools that should've been put in the
plenum bag. Can you confirm this or check 510 Bravo at your
convenience some time and let us know?
CDR Okay.
CC And we've completed the commanding, suc-
cessfully closing the evacuation valves on the three CMGs.
CDR Roger.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. A minute and a
half to LOS. Next station contact in ii minutes through the
Vanguard at 19:11 and we're commanding CBRM 5 REG OFF at this
time. We'll hit the CHARGER OFF over the Vanguard and leave
it dormant again. Over.
CDR Roger, Bruce. And on the S183 optics, we
haven't. I don't know about the Allen wrench. I suspect I
refused to throw it away and if I look through the tool box,
I might find it.
CC Okay. We copy that and that's a good
input, Jer. It's a metric Allen wreneh and you probably
don't have very many of those on board.
CC We're hitting the input that when you
remove the Allen wrench, there was a little slot in the back
I of the plate which was a cover for the replacement optics
that the Allen wrench fitted into for storage. And it's
conceivable you mlght've stuck it back in the slot out of a -
a meth - a methodical way of doing business.
CDR Oh, I hate to throw away tools. I may
have just done that.
19 hours 4 minutes. Loss of signal through MILA tracking
station. Next acquisition will be Vanguard, first acquisition
through the Vanguard tracking station today. Acquisition in
5 minutes and 30 seconds. At Greenwich mean time 19 hours
5 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2503/I
TIME: 14:09 CDT, 71:19:09 GMT
1/25/74

19 hours 9 minutes. A pass lasting 7 minutes through the
Vanguard tracking ship. Acquisition in 45 seconds. The
biomedical officer reports that the crew has already begun
M092 experiment about 30 minutes ahead of schedule. We'll
bring the line up for Vanguard.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through the Vanguard
for 6 minutes. Out.
CC PLT, this is Houston. Over.
PLT Go, Bruce.
CC Yeah, I have here a couple of comments for
you, Bill, on the TV-77 that we've got set up for just a little
bit later in the day. What we're trying to do with this set
of sequences is to get some very specific fairly closely
tailored imagery that will tie in with the TV scenes that we
already have down here from the mission so that we can add
the whole thing together. A couple of cases we've suggested
some topics to cover or maybe even some sample things to
say, but there's no intent that Jerry necessarily read these
verbatum into the - into the plot, just suggestions regarding
topics. Looking at it down here we feel that it may wind
up taking more than the 30 minutes that we currently have
flight planned for Jerry. And we're not sure how much additional
time is involved in doing double takes on these scenes. If
the first take is really good and you all are happy with it
there's no need for a second take. The segments, segment
i_ 2, and 3 are scheduled or are carried in a message in order
of priority. And what we're looking for first is good quality
TV. And if you should only get one segment done or two
segments done, why that's fine. We'll take a look at it
down here on the ground and decide whether we want to schedule
St again for some more coverage or how we want to handle it.
Over.
PLT Okay, well, that's a good call, Bruce,
because they certainly don't encourage expert work by trying
to crowd all that in at a very short period of time. The
documentary photos in the TV mode have been awfully short
changed on the time allowed.
CC Roger, we copy. Just start_ through it and
do a good Job and take your time on it. And if we need some
more_ why, we'll probably wind up doing that. And we got
about 15 seconds to a long LOS here. Goldstone in an hour
and 4 minutes at 20:21. Out.
PLT Roger.
19 hours and 19 minutes with loss of signal through Vanguard
SL-IV MC2503/2
TIME: 14:09 CDT, 71:19:09 GMT
1/25/74
tracking station. Next acquisition 1 hour and 1 minute away

will be the Goldstone tracking station as Skylab makes nearly
a full revolution before having contact with the ground again.
Commander Gerald Carr at the ATM control and display panel.
The crew is scheduled to spend approximately 3 hours 42 minutes
today gathering data at the ATM. A total of 23 hours and
36 minutes of separate science data being gathered - being
gathered by the three crewmembers today. Science Pilot
Ed Gibson in the midst of performing the M092 lower body
negative pressure device experiment, followed by the M171
metobolic analyzer. A successful Earth resources pass earlier
today, a 33 minute pass gathering data on water resources,
crop inventory, urban development, atmosphere, and oceanography.
Next acquisition in 1 hour through the Goldstone tracking station.
At Greenwich mean time 19 hours 20 minutes, this is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2504/I
Time: 14:46 CDT, 71:19:46 GMT
1/25/74
PAO This is Skylab Control at 19:45 Greenwich

mean time. 35 minutes to the next station at Goldstone, final
stateside pass coming up through Goldstone and Texas. Today's
fight director change-ofsShift press conference will be somewhat
different than previous ones in that the present Flight Director
Milt Windier relieved Nell Hutchinson earlier than scheduled
and will remain in the control center until the next hand^vet
time. Therefore, Windier will hold his change-ofsShift press
conference in absentia on the release line. News persons
covering the mission should submit their questions to the
Skylab newsroom so that Windler will have them before him
for the remote press conference. It will be approximately
4:15 central daylight. And we'll put Mr. Windler on the
broadcast line here with a summary of the day's activities
in the mission, and to answer questions submitted through
the newsroom. This is Skylab Control at 19:47 Greenwich
mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2505/I
Time: 15:20 CDT 71:20:20 GMT
1/25/74
PAO This is Skylab Control 20:20 Greenwich

mean time. Goldstone tracking station and the Texas tracking
station upcoming in about 50 seconds for the final stateside
pass of the day. Space station Skylab nearing the end of
revolution 3,699. For the crew 1,014 orbits around the
Earth in their 71st day in space. Standing by for AOS
Goldstone.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Goldstone
and Corpus Christi for almost 12 minutes.
CDR Roger Bruce. H-alpha 1 seems to be
acting up again. I got the door did not open it remained
white and we had no video. I INHIBITED and then ENABLED the
H-alpha door motors and got operation okay in H-alpha but
still no video.
CC Okay, we copy that let us look at it.
And we're ready for a data/voice tape recorder dump here.
CDR Okay. What I'm doing is I'm pointing
with H-alpha 2. And then I'm going to step up 85, correction
step down 85 arc seconds and get started on this JOP 2C.
CC Okay.
CC Jerry, our downlink telemetry indicates
that the H_alpha i door is still closed. Would you please
issue other DOOR OPEN command with the door switch please.
CDR Okay.
CDR Okay, all is well.
CC Okay. We confirm that.
CDR Houston, CDR. Now that we see we've only
got about 35 minutes or 34 minutes remaining, how would S056
like to modify the building block.
CC We're checking on that.
CDR Okay.
CC CDR, Houston. Your question on S056,
we would like to delete the two PATROL, SHORT operations.
Everything else the same.
CDR Okay.
CC Thank you.
CDR I'm going to cut back 55 to two MIRROR,
AUTO RASTERS per GRATING setting rather than three. And
that way I can get all three of them in.
CC Okay, would be fine.
CC Skylab, this is Houston, 1 minute till
LOS. Next station contact in 12 minutes through the Vangaurd
at 20:46. Out.
PAO This is Skylab Control. Loss of signal
through Goldstone Texas for the final stateside pass.
We're 9 minutes away from tracking ship Vanguard. Some
initial planning is underway by flight controllers for a
SL-IV MC2505/2
Time: 15:20 CDT 71:20:20 GMT
1/25/74
burn maneuver that will increase the orbital lifetime of

space station Skylab° Zf done, the burn would be with the
service module reaction control system thrusters. The burn
time would be 3 minutes in duration with a change of velocity
or DELTA V of 12-feet per second. Currently the maneuver is
scheduled at 3:15 p.m. central time on mission day 83, which
is February 6, 2 days before splashdown. At orbital midnight
for Skylab, midnight in the orbit is when the vehicle is on
the opposite side of the Earth from the Sun. And of course
the space station is in total darkness at that time. Skylab's
apogee would be raised about 7 nautical miles. The plus X
RCS thrusters would be used to perform the posigrade
maneuvers. It is expected that the extra boost will add at
least i year and maybe more extra time to the orbital life-
time of Skylab. Current estimates of Skylab's orbital
lifetime prior to this proposed maneuver is around 9 years.
So the maneuver would boost it to i0 or perhaps longer
years lifetime. Seven minutes to tracking ship Vanguard.
At 20:37 Greenwich mean time, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2506/1
TIME: 15:44 CDT, 71:20:44 GMT
1/25/74

mean time. Acquisition upcoming at tracking ship Vanguard
in 50 seconds. A reminder to newsmen, the change-of-shift
briefing will be somewhat remote with the Flight Director
Milt Windier coming on the broadcast line for a rundown of
today's activities. That will be after Tananarive LOS on
this revolution which is about 33 minutes from now. Newsmen
should submit any questions they have to the Houston newsroom
or relay to the -
CC for either Bill or Jerry, if you can
work it in sometime this evening, we'd like for you to clean
the pinch rollers on EREP tape recorder number i, using the
swab wetting procedure that's in general message - permanent
general message 34 Alfa. Since the pinch rollers have not
been scheduled for cleaning inbetween passes, we think it's
possible that they're collecting tacky material from the tapes
and then transferring this material to the headstack during
operations, and that this is giving you the flickering TAPE
MOTION light during 192 ops, over.
CDR Now, Bruce, I though the pinch rollers
are supposed to be cleaned after every EREP run.
CC Well, let me ask it of you this way, have
you been cleaning them after every run?
CDR I have, let me check with Bill.
CC Okay, well we'll check down here, too, and
make sure we're coordinated.
CDR Does it looks to you folks down there like
S056 is hung in FILTER i?
CC We're checking.
CDR Okay, I found it hung in PATROL, NORMAL.
I'm in PATROL, LONG now and I think it's hung again.
CC It's looks okay to us, Jerry.
CDR Yeah, it's okay now. Houston, are you
referring to the EREP C&D post cue card, it says take 4 swabs
and clean the pinch rollers and the headstacks.
CC Roger, we've got that out now and we
concur.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC CDR, Houston.
CDR Hey, Bruce we've got a TV monitor problem
here with one of our little monitors. Looks like there's
a little old rubber thing or something loose inside of it
and it floats around and is in the field of view of the monitor.
It's definitely in the monitor, it's not in the camera because
we swapped the cameras and it's in the same monitor. But it
looks like a little rubber cap or something floating around
loose inside the cavity behind the phosphorescent - the screen
SL-IV MC2506/2
TIME: 15:44 CDT, 71:20:44 GMT
1/25/74
itself. And as it gets closer to the screen - or closer

to the gun it gets bigger and gets smaller as it gets away.
CC How can you tell it's rubber?
CDR I figure if it was metal, Bruce he was
going to start sparking and smoking.
CC Okay, that's a good data point. But
it looks to you llke it's actually inside the tube?
CDR That's affirmative. You could shake
the monitor and make it move all over the place.
CC Is this on the same monitor that I
think Bill was reporting difficulty with yesterday or
day before? I think when you were flying T20, he was
reporting trouble with the monitor.
CDR That was a different problem, Bruce.
Can you take television of a television screen? Could we take
a picture of this monitor with the other camera?
CC We're going to have to study that one,
you got sync problems. It probably would be best to take a
picture of it with the same camera, (chuckle) although I'm
not sure. You get into this receding image thing. Let us
check on it but -
CDR Okay, if worse comes to worse, we'll
just take a Nikon and take a picture of it.
CC Yeah, of course that wouldn't give us
any real time on it, but - can you tell us if that's the
same monitor or not.
CDR No, this is the other monitor. This was
the one that was the sharpest image.
CC Okay, we copy. Is that going to impact
your TV-77 stuff this afternoon or can you still make do even
with the rubber object floating around.
CDR No, we can work around it but I Just wanted
you to know it was there.
CC Okay, we got 40 seconds to LOS. Next
station contact is in about 17 minutes through Tananarive
at 21:13 and just racking my brain here. I believe it's a
sync for both the monitor and the camera is derived from the
camera itself that's driving the monitor, so if you used one
camera to photograph the other camera's monitor, I don't think
the sync would work out right. But you could give it a try
I suppose.
PLT Okay, when we get to an experiment (static)
point, we'll do it.
PAO Skylab Control. 20:56 and loss of signal
at Vanguard. Some conversation there about a mysterious
grommet or something loose inside the video tube. Have one
of the small monitors used by the crew to preview the
television pictures that they transmit to the ground. Next
station will be Tananarive in 15 minutes. This is Skylab
Control at 20:57 GMT.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2507/I
Time: 16:11 CDT 71:21:11 GMT
1125/74
PAO Skylab Control, 21:11 Greenwich mean

time. AO about 50 seconds space station Skylab now in
it's 3700th Earth revolution. And at some point after LOS
Tananarive we'll - Tananarive does have acquisition at this
time. After Tananarive LOS we will have a sort of remote
press conference with the Flight Director, Milt Windier.
With in a few minutes hopefully after LOS at that station.
CC Good evening space team, got you through
Tananarive for 5 minutes.
CC Ed, Houston.
CC Ed, Houston.
CC Ed, Houston.
CC Ed_ in the blind is an eruptive prominence,
the northwest on the limb. And we'd like for you to interrupt
your PT run a JOP 8 Alfa that's on page S-25, and run it per
the SAP.
CDR Houston, CDR. How do you read?
CC I read you loud and clear, Jer.
CDR Okay, it's night now, we're behind.
CC Yeah, just go ahead and pick it up when
you get into daylight.
CDR Okay, good enough.
CC We're going LOS here. The next station
will be Hawaii at 21:55.
CDR Rog. (Static) on the limb.
CC In the blind it's on the northwest limb.
PAO This is Skylab Control, LOS at Tananarive
with about 18 minutes of night remaining for space station
Skylab. The science pilot was advised to interrupt his
physical training and go immediatly to the ATM console to
observe an eruptive prominence on the northwest limb of the
Sun, and run a JOP - or joint observation program 8 Alfa.
We'll be back up with Flight Director Milt Windier here in
the next few minutes hopefully between now and Hawaii. This
is Skylab Control at 21:20 Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2508/I
TIME: 16:31 CDT, 71:21:31 GMT
1/25/74
PAO This is Skylab Control, 21:31 Greenwich

mean time. Flight Director Milt Windler has just advised
that because of reviews underway of the detail messages for
tomorrow's Flight Plan execute package, he begs off until
after at least after this Hawaii pass coming up in 23 minutes.
And tentatively promised to do his remote press conference or
seance between Hawaii and Vanguard which gives a span of
about 25 minutes. Hawaii in 23 minutes and after Hawaii
LOS, hopefully we_ll have him up here for a discussion of
today's activities and outlook for tomorrow. 23 minutes to
Hawaii. Skylab Control at 21:32.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2509/I
Time: 16:54 CDT 71:21:54 GHT
1/25/74

t mean time. Acquisition Hawaii in 50 seconds. Extremely
brief pass across the northeast quadrant of the Hawaii circle.
First pass at Hawaii of the afternoon, max elevation
3-1/2 degrees. And hopefully at some point after Hawaii
LOS we'll have Flight Director Milt Windier on the broadcast
line to discuss the day's activities. We're standing by
for AOS Hawaii.
CC Skylab, AOS through Hawaii for 3 minutes.
CDR Roger, Story.
SPT Hey, Story looking at the white light
coronagraph I see no significant change from what we saw this
morning. As a matter of fact I could see no no change
whatsoever in any of the detail. We've got a building block
32 done at the beginning of the orbit without 50 - 54 and
I'll take another look at it. Right now I'm over at the -
about 040 looking at the what appears to be a prominence
and perhaps a surge. And I'ii get 55 going on that in a
moment unless you want to take it unattened.
CC Okay, Ed if you don't pick up anything
on the white light coronagraph, I would like you to terminate
the building block 17 and do a shopping list item number i.
SPT Story, I did a building bloc_ 32. I
don't recall anything about a building block 17.
CC Okay, 32 is fine.
CC Jet, Houston.
SPT Story, I'm still a little at a loss as
to what additional things you would like. I did a 32 - building
block 32 which is the same as a shopping list item i. Is there
anything else which you would like?
CC Jer, we'd like just a couple more of
those building block 32's. And then use your own Judgment
including b going back to the PT. Whatever you think is best.
CC And also Ed there's extremely active
aurora reported in the northern hemisphere. Use permanent
general message 18 Bravo if you get a chance. And it's
got the highest classification that we can give it in terms
of activity. It'a a class V.
SPT Okay, Story we'll sure try to do that.
We've been looking some of these nights and we - it's kind of
tough to see up north when we had the high beta, because of
the ATM. But we'll start taking another hard look and see
if we can see anything.
CC Okay, and we're about to go LOS here.
See you over the Vanguard in about 25 minutes at 22;23.
SL-IV MC2509/2
Time: 16:54 CDT 71:21:54 GMT
1/25/74
CDR Roger Story. And can you folks recommend

some times when we might best look for the aurora.
CC Okay, we'll do it.
PAO Skylab Control, loss of signal from
space station Skylab at the Hawaii tracking station. Twenty-
three minutes to tracking ship Vanguard. We'll return
hopefully within the next few minutes with Flight Director
Milt Windler on the broadcast line for a remote change-of-shift
briefing, a one-sided change-of-shift briefing. At 21:59 GMT,
Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-2510/I
Time: 17:22 CDT 71:22:22 GMT
1/25/74

mean time. Acquisition at the tracking ship Vanguard in 50
seconds. Space station Skylab, will complete it's 3700th
revolution as it crosses Cape longitude, within the next
couple of minutes, as a matter of fact. We're standing by
for Vanguard.
CC Skylab, AOS through the Vanguard I0 minutes.
And we're going to dump the data/voice here.
SPT Hello Story. Still nothing evident in
the white light coronagraph. I put another building block 32
or shopping list item i. The center of the orbit, we're
letting 55 look at the limb around 040 to 060. And I'ii put
one more shopping list item at the end of the orbit. Shopping
list i. Exactly where did the prominence move off from?
CC It was the northwest limb. I'ii get you
try to get you a more exact answer, E_.
SPT Okay. Thank you, Story. And the reason
you couldn't contact me before was I was down there in the
bowels of the workshop and working and had a speaker right
next to my ear which was tapping away so I turned it down
and it turned out to be the only one that was turned up in
the whole base part of the workshop.
CC Okay. You had some peace and quiet, huh?
SPT Apparently that time too much.
SPT We all have a 6-cycle-per-second flicker
to our eyes.
CC That eruptive prominence was i0 degrees
north of the equator, or about 80 degrees, Ed.
SPT Thank you.
CC And I've got some times for you to catch
those auroras.
SPT Go ahead, Story.
CC Okay. There's good evidence, although we
don't have observing stations in the southern hemisphere, that
they should be seen down there also. Viewing times for the
northern hemisphere: 8 minutes before sunrise, up until sunrise.
For the southern hemisphere: from sunrise until 8 minutes after
sunrise - sunset. Southern is sunset to 8 minutes after sunset.
SPT Okay Story, I understand. You're essentially
8 minutes into the dark at either sunrise or sunset. Sunrise
in the north and sunset in the south.
CC That's affirm.
SPT Thank you.
PLT Story, Skylab; PLT.
CC Hello, Bill.
PLT Okay. We got it back. I was just going
SL IV MC-2510/2
Time: 17:22 CDT 71:22:22 GMT
1/25/74
to ask you when we were going to get the recorder.

CC And we're done with it.
PLT Just want to report a marsh area of fairly
extensive plankton blooming to the south of the Gulf of San
Matias. That's a large hammerhead penensula there. Pass that
on. It's fairly large and extensive.
CC Okay.
PLT That's a Falkland Current associated.
CC Okay.
SPT Story, would the 52 people like a STANDARD
at the end of this orbit to go with the two they have the
following?
CC Stand by I, Ed.
CC That's affirm, Ed, we'd like one.
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS, about 15
minutes to Tananarive at 22:47. Ed, Houston.
SPT Go ahead.
CC Ed, the ATM planning message for your
ops tomorrow is on board. We stole some of your PT time there
so let us know if you need any help regrouping.
SPT No, it's all squared away Story. I got
things pretty well under control.
CC Okay.
CC And you got 22 minutes left on the VTR_
Skylab.
PLT Is that 22.
CC 22.
PLT Okay. Thank you.
PLT We've just finished sequence i. Two
run throughs on it, and that's all we have accomplished on
that TV-77.
CC Okay.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS tracking
ship Vanguard. Science Pilot Ed Gibson reported no joy yet
in observing the prominence in the northwest limb of the Sun
reported earlier. Information to the effect that the pro-
minence is some i0 degrees above the solar equator was passed
back to Gibson to aid in his locating it. Spacecraft Commun-
icator Story Musgrave also passed up to the crew some inform-
ation on sighting aurora in both hemispheres. The sightings
are possible in the northern hemisphere for aurora borealis
8 minutes prior to sunrise and in the southern hemisphere
for aurora australis from sunset to 8 minutes after sunset.
Pilot Bill Pogue, during the Vanguard pass reported visual
observation of plankton blooming in the Falkland Current.
Gave no reports of any pods of whales feeding on the plankton.
Next station in Ii minutes. Voice relay station at Tananarive.
Final time this evening. This is Skylab Control at 22:35
Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL_IV MC2511/I
Time: 17:46 CDT 71:22:46 GMT
1/25/74
PAO Skylab Control at 22:46 Greenwich mean

time. Final pass over voice relay station Tananarive in
about 40 seconds, for which we are standing by.
CC Skylab, got you through Tananarive for
8 minutes.
SPT Story, could you tell me on tomorrow's
Flight Plan what time we arrive back into solar inertial after
the Z-LV pass?
CC Okay, stand by i, Ed.
CC Ed, that's 20:29.
SPT Thank you Story.
CC Jer, Houston.
CDR (Garble)
CDR Houston, CDR say again please.
CC Okay, Jer how you reading us?
CDR 5-square; go.
CC Jer, we've got a procedure for you if
you want to take some TV pictures of - of the monitor picture.
However, it's - it's your option we're bringing both monitors
back anyway.
PLT I don't think we need to bother then,
Story.
CC Okay Bill and I got a phone call for you
tonight.
PLT Okayp go ahead.
CC Vanguard at 01:39 and it's a RIGHT.
PLT Roger.
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. Next
station will be Hawaii at 23:31. That's about 35 minutes
we'll be looking to dump the data/voice there.
CC And we'll also be looking for the evening
status report at Hawaii.
CDR Okay, we'll be ready.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS Tananarive
for the final time tonight. Next station in 33 minutes
will be Hawaii at which the evening status report is scheduled
according to the Flight Plan. The succeeding pass over
tracking ship Vanguard will be the medical conference with
the crew physician a summary of which will be relayed as
soon as available, which means that there will be a gap of
almost an hour and half between live transmissions from
Hawaii to Hawaii on this revolution. The groundtrack between
Hawaii through Vanguard at the medical conference misses all
other tracking stations until it comes back to Hawaii again
on revolution 3701 - 3702 that is. We'll return for Hawaii
and the evening status report in 32 minutes. This is Skylab
Control at 22:59 Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2512/I
TIME: 18:30 CDT, 71:23:30 GMT
1/25/74
PAO This is Skylah Control, 23:30 Greenwich

mean time. AOS Hawaii in 50 seconds. Scheduled at this
Hawaii pass is the evening status report from the crew.
We're standing by at tracking station Hawaii.
CC Skylah, AOS through Hawaii for 8 minutes.
And we're going to dump the data/voice here.
CDR Aloha Houston, you ready for evening status?
CC We're always ready, Jer.
CDR Okay, the photo pads or photo log:
16-millimeter_ Delta Papa 4, Charlie, Delta and Echo,
Charlie India 129, 72, Charlie India 78, no photos were taken
last night. Today, Delta Papa 4 Alfa and Bravo, Charlie India
129, 65, Charlie India 78. EREP VTS: Charlie Lima 12, 82.
Nikons: 01, Charlie X-ray 43, 39; 02, Bravo Victor 49, 00;
03, Charlle India 115, 52; 04 and 05 no change. 70-millimeters:
Charlie X-ray 18, 083; ETC no change; EREP set Zulu, 0491,
2669, 0216, 9574, 1345, 0282. Drawer A: Alfa 1 through
Alfa 4, no change; BACK 07, Charlie India 129, 82; Charlie India
78. Okay on Sleep: CDR, 7, 7 heavy; 8PT, 6.5, 4 heavy,
2.5 light; PLT 7.0, 6 heavy and 1 light. Volume: 260, 195,
420. CDR on Water gun reading: CDR, 8817; SPT, 4853;
PLT, 1424. Body mass: 6.329, 6.329, 6.330; 6.373, 6.376,
6.378; 6.256, 6.260, 6.259. Exercise: CDR and PLT, no
change; SPT, standard with the exception of Alfa minus 5737.
Medication: CDR, none; SPT, one Dalmane tonight; PLT, one
Actifed tonight. Clothing: CDR, none; SPT, socks, shirt and
trousers_ PLT, socks, shorts and T-shirt. Food log:
salt for CDR, 0.0, plus peach ambrosia, minus one lemonade,
minus one coffee with sugar; SPT, 1.5 salt, plus lemon pudding,
plus one Apollo cocoa, plus 2.0 water; PLT, zero salt, plus
one green beans, minus one orange drink, minus one grape drink
and zero rehydration water. Flight Plan deviations: SPT,
plus one ATM pass; CDR, did not get the Nikons of the SMMD
and BMMD, we'll add that to the shopping list for tomorrow.
Shopping llst accomplishments: none. Inoperable equipment:
none. Unscheduled stowage: none.
CC Okay, Jer. And while I got you Jet, we're
thinking of because of the flickering light on EREP tape
recorder number i, we're thinking of switching over to
tape recorder number 2. If you all are doing all you
possibly can, cleaning the heads and all the rest of that
to keep number 1 in good order, if you've been doing all that
along, we_ll probably switch over to tape recorder number
2. If there's no better way we can handle i.
CDR Okay, we've been doing a very good job,
IVm sure of cleaning the tape recorders. We been working at it
SL-IV MC2512/2
TIME: 18:30 CDT, 71:23:30 GMT
1/25/74
pretty conscientiously. So, if that's not enough, we probably

ought to switch.
CC Okay. And any water deviation on you
today, Jer?
CDR Roger, plus 1.0.
CC Okay. And we're looking at a good
maneuver time.
PLT I just -
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-2513/I
Time: 18:38 CDT 71:23:38 GMT
1/25/74
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. The

next station's at Vanguard for your medical conference in
about 22 minutes at 00:01.
CDR Roger Story.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS Hawaii.
Next station in 19 minutes, tracking ship Vanguard. Medical
conference with the crew physician scheduled at Vanguard.
A summary of that conference will be relayed as soon as it's
available. Our next live station pass will be Hawaii again
in an hour and 26 minutes. And at 23:42 Greenwich mean time,
Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2514/I
Time: 20:08 CDT 72:01:08 GMT
1/25/74

time. Acquisition at Hawaii in 50 seconds, what may be
the final pass of the evening before the crew goes to bed.
Although the upcoming Vanguard pass is within the time frame
of today's crew wake period. We're standing by for AOS
Hawaii, total of 6-1/2 minutes.
CC Skylab, got you through Hawaii for
6 minutes. And we're looking at this pass to be the last
pass.
CDR Roger, Story.
CC And Jer_ we could use someone up at the
ATM to get a frames read out, and also a got a couple of
switches to throw up there.
CDR Rog.
PLT Story, have the frame count.
CC Go.
PLT 8294, and this one is obviously an error
85713, 14, 28, 1130, 2743.
CC Okay, and got a couple of switches for
you there at the ATM panel.
CDR Go ahead.
CC Okay, the C&D to ACS MONITOR rotary
switch, WHEEL AMP 2 for i0 seconds.
CDR Okay, that's complete.
CC Stand by i.
CC Now could you go to the WHEEL SPEED 2
position for i0 seconds?
CDR That's complete.
CC Okay.
CDR What's all that for Story?
CC Jer, it's it appears that - positioning
that switch is putting glitches into our telemetry. And
the ones that we're interested in are wheel speed and current.
CC And could you give us the same on
CMG 2 - I mean 3?
CDR Okay.
CC That will be WHEEL AMPS to 3 for l0 seconds.
CDR Okay, you got WHEEL AMPS 3 for i0 do you
want WHEEL SPEED now?
CC Yes sir.
CDR Okay.
CDR That's complete.
CC Okay, that's it Jet. We are seeing an
interaction between switching that meter and our telemetry
displays.
CDR Roger.
CC Jer, have you had a chance to look at
SL-IV MC2514/2
Time: 20:08 CDT 72:01:08 GMT
1/25/74
the flight plans yet?

CDR Yeah, looks like it takes a Philadelphia
lawyer to read them.
CC Yeah, that's why I brought it up.
CC The one of them is in case we don't have any
- any 201. And we do have a priority for track 59 and 60 if
there is no 201. But the weather does look better now for 63.
CDR Okay, is 63 the early one?
CC That's the late one, 59 and 60 is the
earlier one. And that has priority but the weather doesn't
look quite so good for it right now.
CDR Okay, what are those geothermal it's
still dark at that time isn't it?
CC That's a geothermal one.
CDR Roger.
CC And the other one that says if no EREP 42,
and that of course assumes that $201 is still GO.
CDR Okay.
CC And while I've got you, do you think that
6 cycle per second you've got in your audio will - will disturb
your EVA comm at all?
CDR No, I think it will be a nuisance just
llke it is now. You know for instance where we might miss
some calls or something because of it, just the way we did
today.
CDR Trouble is they're starting to tone. You
know, the cycles are getting longer - are getting louder I
should say.
CC So we can get EV-3 to be the one who
listens to it instead of the two outside. Would you llke
that?
CDR Oh, I don't know that it makes all that
much difference, don't have to listen to it.
CC Okay, now you voice tape on TV-77 was
excellent. Don't do anymore on that until we get the VTR
down and put it all together.
CDR Okay.
CC And for Ed. How long was it between his
eating and the onset of the M092 _ent?
SPT Probably about an hour and half, Story.
CC Okay, and we've got about 25 seconds to
LOS here. We're not thinking of calling you at the next
station, but it's at Vanguard at 01:39 and I - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2515/I
TIME: 20:15 CDT, 72:01:15 GMT
1/25/74
CC Okay, and we got about 25 seconds to LOS

here, we're not thinking of calling you at the next station
but it's at Vanguard at 01:39. And I can offer you wakeup
it's at 10:51 10:53, seven minutes early, or one that's
30 minutes late at Goldstone.
CDR Go ahead and make it the late one and
we'll set our clocks. Also, you mean you don't want us to
even try - to try to do sequence 2 and 3 in TV-77?
CC Not until we call you, Jer.
CDR Okay.
CC And I do have a station I can wake you up
right on time at Madrid.
CDR Okay, good.
SPT Story, I'd like to pick up the M133
tomorrow night rather than this evening.
CC Stand by i. That'll be fine, Ed you can
get it tomorrow.
PAO This is Skylab Control, LOS Hawaii which
may be the final pass of the evening. It was sort of indefinite
there at LOS, whether or not the crew wanted to be called again at
Vanguard in 21 minutes. So we'll hang in and see. Meanwhile
we have the crew physician's daily report on crew health,
which reads as follows: "The Skylab-IV crew remains in a
condition of satisfactory health. The pilot does have some
continuation of nasal congestion and head fullness especially
over the eyes. He does not have any elevation of temperature
or other adverse signs and symptoms. He will continue taking
the antihistamine decongestant tablet as directed. The
science pilot has had some difficulty over the past two to
three nights and especially last evening obtaining good sleep.
He stated that he is 'overtired' and contria - contributes
this to his failure to complete the M092 lower body negative
pressure experiment today. He does not attribute this tired
feeling to the work schedule but feels that on occasion he
might be experiencing a little too much, might be exercising
a little too much. He was advised to take a sleeping capsule
tonight." That concludes the crew physician's summary by
Dr. Charles E. Ross who is the crew surgeon on tonight.
Dr. Jerry Hordinsky has departed for the recovery vessel in
the Pacific, will be aboard to run the post-flight tests on the
crew, medical tests. We'll return in 19 minutes to monitor
Vanguard tracking ship pass. This is Skylab Control at
01¢20 Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2516/I
TIME: 20:41 CDT, 72:01:41 GMT
1/25/74

mean time. Space station Skylab in acquisition at tracking
ship Vanguard and Commander Jerry Cart called the ground
over Vanguard. So we're playing catchup now, playing back
tape and eventually we'll be live again. Roll tape.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go ahead Jerry, got you through Vanguard
for 9 minutes.
CDR Okay, Story, I was getting ready to do
photography on TV-106 and I'm not so sure we're using the
right f-stop on this thing. It's calling for f-stop of - I
think it's 2.8 at 1/30 of a second and I think I've got a
whole lot more light than that up here and I'm wondering
what's wrong with the little integral light meter that we've
got here. It's indicating that we ought to be shooting in
this kind of light of about 5.6 at a thirtieth.
CC Okay, stand by i.
CDR Seems to me we ought to use a faster
shutter speed since it's handheld.
CC You referring to step 6A, Jer?
CDR That's affirmative, Story.
CC While I got you Jer, per permanent
general message, which of course you don't have in front
of you to record the trash airlock usage for 3 days, they
got reports on 61 and 64, did you get any other days?
CDR They're apparently not reading their
transcripts then. I gave them one for 61, and then again
on 65, and then I just gave them one for last night. And the
what they want was 62, 3, 4, 5, I think it was and we just don't
do that many trash airlock dumps.
CC Okay, And for Ed, he can run that
M133 tomorrow night, that'll be fine.
CDR Story, I guess my question to the photo
people, is can I believe my little integral light meter in
the Nikon with this K-I extension on it, if so then we ought
to be doing this at more like a sixtieth or 1/25.
CC We're working it.
CC der_ you can believe the meter and shoot at
the faster speed.
CDR Okay, Story, I just took a siting on it and
it says f/8 at 1/250.
CC Copy. Jerry, Houston.
CDR Go ahead.
CC That's a little further out than we expected
there, you are using Nikon 03?
CDR Affirmative Nikon 03 and the light meter
in it indicates it ought to be 1/250 at f/8. I got a high
intensity light that's only 2 feet away from the vial that
SL-IV MC2516/2
TIME: 20:41 CDT, 72:01:41 GMT
1/25/74
I'm taking the picture of. Would they rather I used a

flash attachment?
CC Jerry, Houston.
CDR Roger.
CC You got ASA 500 set on the top of
your speed meter there?
CDR That's affirmative. Okay, I tried the
spot meter and it says that I ought to he using 5.6 at 1/25.
CC You're reading our minds.
CDR Say again.
CC You read our minds on the spot meter.
CDR Now the question is what do I believe.
CC Skylab, we're about 30 seconds to LOS here.
Next station is Ascension at 01:55 about 6 minutes. We won't
call you. And we plan to dump the data/voice at Ascension
and Jerry, we got plenty of that film, why don't you use
your own judgment and bracket the the f and f-stop and
speed settings.
CDR Okay, I'll do that. I'm afraid the
ones this morning are probably no good. I used the f-stop
of 2.8 and then I did a 30th and the 60th but I'm afraid those
are too far off. Maybe processing can bring it out.
CC Okay, we'll see you over Madrid tomorrow
at about 12:00.
CDR Roger, sc long.
PAO Skylab Control, LOS Vanguard. Next station
Ascension. Next station will be Ascension Island in 4 minutes,
however Spacecraft Communicator Story Musgrave has signed off
for the night. The crew will be called at in the morning
at the Madrid station at around 7 a.m. And at 01:51 Greenwich
mean time signing off until Saturday morning, this is
Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2517/I
Time: 06:51 CDT, 72:11:51 GMT
1/26/74
CC (Music: "In the Wee Small Hours of the

Morning")
CC Skylab, Houston. Good morning from the
purple gang. We've got you at Madrid for 6 more minutes.
Standing by.
CDR Roger, Dick.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're a minute to LOS.
Tananarive comes up at 12:11.. Couple of things to tell you
as we go over the hill. The $201 is GO. We're still on the
prime Flight Plan for today and the VTR is clean and all yours
for the day.
CDR Roger Dick.
PA0 Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time
12 hours i minute. January 26, mission day 72 - mission of
Skylab IV. Crew wakenp coming through Madrid with the music
of Julie London. Day number 72 in the flight of Skylab IV is
designated officially as a day of rest. This is their 8th
day off in the mission. As usual with most days off, Commander
Gerald Carr, Science Pilot Ed Gibson, Pilot Bill Pogue will be
doing more than just looking out the window. More than a half
a dozen science tasks are scheduled today. Most of them are
in a leisurely manner. However_ with little amounts of free
time sprinkled between them. Biggest scheduled event today,
is the Earth resources pass along ground track 20 63. The
pass is scheduled for midafternoon across the western United
States, coming from north to south down California and into
Mexico. One of the primaries of interest here is the geothermal
regions that are in California and Mexico. Sensors and cameras
will begin taking data at 2:40 p.m. central daylight time and
conclude 29 minutes later. San Francisco and Bakersfield,
Yuma, Arizona and Hermosillo_ Mexico, are all directly in the
path of Skylab on this survey, survey number 32. Earlier in
the day, at approximately 8 a.m. central daylight time, Jerry
Carr will point $201 cameras earthward, attempting to photograph
a Department of Defense rocket launch. Also scheduled is a
science conference with the crew discussing medical and corollary
experiments on the comet Kohoutek. As far as solar observations
are concerned, the plan it to permit Gibson to do freelance
scanning and executing the Apollo telescope mount instruments
to let him devise his own schedule and run as many cycles of
Sun viewing as he sees fit. This is a plan that may be imple-
mented, in the shuttle program allowing the science pilot aboard
shuttle to make his decisions in real time by not following a
Flight Plan which is devised 24 to 32 hours in advance. Nearly
a dozen handheld photo targets of opportunity are available at
crew option today. Finally, while this January 26 officially
is a day off, the crew conceivably may accumulate i0 additional
SL-IV MC2517/2
Time: 06:51 CDT, 72:11:51 GMT
1/26/74
hours to add to a huge log of science experiments. Next

acquisition through Tananarive in 7 minutes 20 seconds. At
Greenwich mean time 12 hours and 3 minutes, this is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2518/I
TIME: 07:09 CDT, 72:12:09 GMT
1/26/74

12 hours i0 minutes. Acquisition coming through Tananarive
in 50 seconds. CMG-2 still within limits - still within
the anomaly which began 3 days ago. The wheel speed's
running from 8829 rpms to 8850, and the difference in temperature
between the two bearings running between 2.1 and 2.5 degrees
Fahrenheit. Apparently CMG now settled into this mode. G&N
officer reports no - no performance outside those separate
parame=ers. Bring the line up for the Tananarive pass. CAP
COMM is Dick Truly, Flight Director is Phil Shaffer.
CC Skylab, Houston; hello at Tananarive for
i0 minutes.
CDR Hello, Dick. Got any news this morning?
CC Yes_ sir I sure do. Would you like to
hear it here?
CDR Yeah, that'd be fine.
CC Okay. Ford Motor Company has announced
layoffs that raise to just over 64,000 the number of auto
workers furloughed indefinitely by an industry suffering a
series sales decline. Ford said Friday that production
cutbacks to begin Monday would idle 13,000 workers over the
next two weeks, 4,000 indefinitely. The firm plans to trim
23,000 cars from its production schedule. So far this year,
40,000 GM and 13,000 Chrysler Corporation workers have been
laid off indefinitely. Ford, with a 175,000-man domestic
hourly workforce, will have laid off 11,175 workers indefinitely
as of February ii. Federal energy chief William E. Simon
testifying before a Senate subcommittee, declined to speculate
on the prospects of gasoline rationing. The Senate is to vote
next week on legislation that would authorize President Nixon
to order rationing if necessary and take other steps to
cope with the energy crisis. Billionaire Howard Hughes failed
to appear for arraignment on stock manipulation charges in
federal court Friday. The judge said he will decide next
Wednesday whether to issue a bench warrant for Hughes' arrest.
Hughes_ charged with four other men, is living in seclusion
in the Bahamas. He could be declared a fugitive if he ignored
a bench warrant. Bantam Books reported that it had made its
first sale to the People's Republic of China. Three paper-
backs. One copy each of the following: "Battleground: Fact
and Fantasy in Palestine," "Wheels," a novel about the auto
industry by Arthur Hailey, and "Every Night Josephine,"
a book by Jacqueling Susann. Bantam said it's been sending
its periodic lists of about 1400 titles to the Chinese since
the United States established relations with the Communist
government. The order came from the China National Publications
SL-IV MC2518/2
TIME: 07:09 CDT, 72:12:09 GMT
1/26/74
Import Corporation in Peking. "Ordinarily we would not open

a new account for just three titles," a spokesman said. "One
of the clerks almost sent it back, but it was caught." The
Treasury Department confirmed that the big three U.S. auto-
makers have applied for licenses for their Argentine subsidiaries
to sell cars and trucks to Cuba. A Treasury Department spokes-
man said no decision had been made on whether to grant the
licenses, and he said there was no indication when a decision
would be made. The spokesman said Ford, Chrysler and General
Motors all filed formal requests with the Treasury, seeking
authority to allow American citizens working for their Argentine
subsidiaries to engage in business with Cuba under the Cuban
assets control regulations. These regulations currently embargo
U.S. trade with Cuba. The automakers confirmed in Detroit that
their Argentine subsidiaries have supplied quotations to Cuba
on the possible sale of thousands of cars and trucks. Sources
estimate the pacts would be worth as much as $150 million. Two
totally blind men say they saw specks of light, llke constellations
of stars, during experiments to develop an artificial eye. "It
was just a relief that I could see," said a 28-year-old graduate
student in social work who lost his sight 7years ago in a
Vietnam linement - landmine explosion. The experiments were
conducted by a team of more than 30 researchers from the
universities of Utah and western Ontario." The two saw the
specks when they were plugged into a computer with 64 tiny
platinum electrode points stimulating the surface of their
brains. They said they were able to recognize simple patterns
including some letters, and draw on paper what they saw. Although
several key problems remain unsolved, researchers estimate that
an aritficial eye - a tiny television camera in the eye socket
connected to electrodes permanently implanted through the back
of the skull - may eventually be built for $5,000 apiece, plus
$2,000 for surgery and related expenses. We're going to be -
the purple gang is going to be turning over to the crimsom
team very - in a couple of passes to let you know what they've
been doing while they're off duty, I have one news item here
from San Diego. Navy astronaut Robert L. Crippen says space
technology may one day permit cities to bathe themselves in
24 hour sunlight. Crippen said this and other techniques will
provide avenues of relief from the energy crisis. Crippen
said an array of huge mirrors up to a half mile in diameter could
be put into stationary orbit outside the Earth's shadow, about
23,000 miles in space. By night they would be tipped automatically
to illuminate the city below. "You could keep a city lighted
24 hours a day in this way if you wanted to," Crippen said, "or
you could just shorten the nights and still save a lot of energy."
SL-IV MC2518/3
TIME: 07:09 CDT, 72:12:09 GMT
1/26/74
We're about a minute or so from LOS here at Tananarive, and

Honeysuckle comes up at 12:37. See you there.
CC Skylab, Houston; we dropped out for a
second there. We still have you for a few - for about a minute
here at Tananarive.
CDR Roger, Dick. Ed said thanks for the
illuminating news.
CC Roger that. I hope I get to go to San
Diego in between my time off.
PAO Skylab, Control, Greenwich mean time
12 hours 20 minutes. Loss of signal through Tananarive with
the CAP COMM Dick Truly reading up the morning news to the
crew. Spacecraft Skylab presently in an orbit of 239.4 by
239.7 nautical miles, traveling at a speed of 25,072 feet
per second. Next acquisition in 15 minutes and 40 seconds
through Honeysuckle. This is Skylab Control at 12 hours
21 minutes Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE'
SL-IV MC-2519/I
Time: 07:35 CDT, 72:12:35 GMT
1/26/74

12 hours 35 minutes. A change over in progress here at
Mission Control. Flight Director Phil Shaffer and his
purple team of flight controllers, turning the control of
the MOCR over to Don Puddy, flight director of the maroon team.
We'll bring the line up for the Honeysuckle pass, 5 minutes
and 37 seconds in duration. CAP COMM still is Dick Truly.
CC Skylab, Houston. Honeysuckle for
6 minutes.
CDR Roger.
CC And, CDR or PLT, Houston. I'd like to
visit here with you at this site for Just a minute about
this upcoming 201.
CDR Go ahead, Dick.
CC Roger. A couple of things I wanted to
tell you. First of all the booster at Vandenberg is on
internal power. It's looking good and the count is going
very smoothly so we don't anticipate any problems. In the
event that for some reason the CMG acts up between here and
there, we are operating another 201 pad for you that essentially
could be accomplished with no maneuver, which in that decision
we would have to make here up - at the upcoming Hawaii
pass. So l'd recommend that you go get this pad when it
comes out of the teleprinter here, stick it in your pocket
and then forget it unless we call you with some problem about
the upcoming maneuver. The pad is essentially identical
except the times and angles change because we're going to
change the launch time of the booster in order to still get
the 201 opportunity. Second thing I wanted to mention to you -
Yeah, one thing on that item though, there's no reason at this
time to think we're going to scrub the maneuver we're just
hac_ing up our option so we can make sure that in case we do
we'll still get 201. Next thing I wanted to mention to you is,
if there's some problem and we get a launch slip out at Vanden-
berg, depending on when we find out when that slip is going to
happen and how much it's going to be, I'm going to have some
corrections to the pad that I'ii need to read up to you, either
just prior to the launch or in real time. You can If you don't
hear from me again on that, you can also forget that call, but
I do have the numbers here and if we do slip, I'ii be giving
you a holler.
CDR Okay, Dick.
CC Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're a minute from
LOS. Hawaii comes up at 12:57. See you then.
CDR Roger, Dick.
12 hours 44 minutes. The Skylab crew in their 72nd day.
Shortly the crew will prepare to do the $201 experiment
through the antisolar scientific airlock, using the XUV electric -
SL-IV MC-2519/2
Time: 07:35 CDT, 72:12:35 GMT
1/26/74
electronigraphic camera in an attempt to photograph possible

rocket exhaust trails in the atmosphere following the launch
from Vandenberg Air Force Base of a Department of Defense rocket
being launched at Greenwich mean time 13 hours and 8 minutes,
about 45 minutes from now. The spacecraft will be maneuvered
out of its current attitude, 6 degrees in the X-axis. This will
occur at Greenwich mean time 13 hours and 3 minutes. The
vehicle will remain in that attitude for 15 minutes, maneuver
being totally controlled by the CMGs. G&C officer anticipates
no use of mibs on the - no use of TACS on this maneuver. The
crew in their 72nd day. Next acquisition will be through
Hawaii in ii minutes and 40 seconds. At Greenwich mean time
12 hours 45 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2520/I
Time: 07:56 CDT 72:12:56 GMT
01/26/74

12 hours 56 minutes. Acquisition coming through Hawaii.
Hawaii pass will be 7 minutes in duration. Bring the line
up for CAP COMM Dick Truly.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS Hawaii for
6 minutes. The 201 is still GO, and we've looked at the
maneuver time and - that's loaded, and looks good to us.
CDR Morning, Dick, thank you.
CC Roger.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're a minute from LOS,
Goldstone - we're going to drop out just a couple of minutes
and I'ii give you a call at Goldstone, $201 is still GO,
you're GO for the maneuver, looking real good and CDR and
PLT, you can verify that your operating from pad number 7259
Alfa, which is the original pad we sent up for 201. I'ii see
you at Goldstone.
PLT That's affirmative, Dick.
CC Very good.
CC Skylab, Houston, AOS Goldstone for
8 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, the 201 target vehicle
is lifted off.
SPT Dick, which STS window should that be
visible from?
CC Stand by.
CC SPT, Houston, you probably already found
it, but we think S-3 is probably the best window.
SPT Thanks very much, Dick.
CC Roger.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're i minute to LOS,
we'll drop out about 5 minutes and the crimson team will
give you a call at Bermuda.
CDR Thank you, Dick.
CDR So long purple team. Enjoy the day.
CC We certainly will. We just did our
last summary shift of the Skylab mission.
SPT Sounds like something to have a celebration
about.
CC You betcha.
MCC I second that. (Laughter)
CDR Good night purple guys. Get a good day's
rest.
CC Thank you, sir.
13 hours and 15 minutes. Successful launch of the DOD rocket,
using the $201 camera, Skylab crew was attempting to photograph
possible ross - rocket exhaust trails in the atmosphere.
SL-IV MC-2520/2
Time: 07:56 CDT 72:12:56 GMT
01/26/74
CAP COMM Dick Truly informing the crew this is the last
summary shift for the purple team, under the supervision of
Flight Director Phil Shaffer. Summary team, the overnight
shift, which prepares the Flight Plans for the upcoming day.
Later this morning, at Greenwich mean time 15:45, the weekly
science conference will be conducted. The pass is through
the Carnarvon, Guam, and then Carnarvon tracking stations,
and Guam again. At 15:45 Mission Scientist Astronaut Dr.
Robert Parker will conduct the corollary and general experiment
discussions through the Carnarvon tracking station. Through
Guam, beginning at 16:00, Bill Snoddy of Marshall Space Flight
Center will discuss the Kohoutek experiment. Dr. Story
Musgrave will discuss medical experiments beginning at Green-
wich mean time 17:22_ and Science Pilot - backup Science
Pilot Bill Lenoir will discuss visual observations program
through the Guam tracking station at Greenwich mean time
17 hours 35 minutes. Acquisition through Bermuda in 15 seconds,
we'll hold the line up for this Bermuda pass.
CC Good morning, Skylab, crimson crews with
you, 5 minutes to Bermuda.
MS (Garble)
CC Great, great. I checked it out in San
Diego, still for splash.
CDR The golden warble of the crimson criper.
How are you this morning?
CC Pretty good, pretty good, you guys afraid
to enjoy a theoretical day off?
CDR We're working at it.
CC I notice that. It looks like we filled
the 201 square.
CDR Colored in with blood.
CC There and here.
CC Skylab, we have a keyhole coming up in
about 15 seconds, so I'ii call you out of it.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC Okay, we're back with you once more, still
about 2-1/2 minutes to Bermuda.
CC LOS in i minute, Canary in 5 at 13:28,
13:28.
13 hours and 25 minutes. Loss of signal through Bermuda,
next acquisition will be through the Canary tracking station
in 50 seconds.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2521/I
TIME: 08:26 CDT, 72:13:26 GMT
1/26/74
CC Skylab, Houston; A0S Canary 7-1/2 minutes.

CC CDR, Houston; when yon or Bill get a
get an opportunity we'd appreciate a little synopsis of how
you felt the 201 ops went today.
CDR Houston, CDR. How do you read?
CC Loud and clear. Go, Jer.
CDR Okay, we were answering your call there
earlier and I guess you dropped out.
CC Okay, sorry, didn't didn't copy it.
CDR Bill's got a debrief for you on 201.
CC Beautiful. Thank you.
PLT Okay, on the 201 ops everything was fine
til we got down to the 13:12 reset switch to start and
that was grouped with the 13:11:02 that I read the 12 as the
12 seconds, so I hit a reset switch to start at 13:11:12 as
an additional action. At 13:12 I reinitiated the reset switch
to start. Everything else was nominal except 13:12:27 reset
switch start, 13:12:29 a reset start, I got that i second late.
13:12:30 power switch off.
CC Okay, real fine, Bill. Thank you.
CC For the SPT. Just out of curiosity, Ed,
did you happen to get a look at the launch vehicle when it
was coming up through the atmosphere?
SPT No, I didn't, Crip.
CC Okay, thank you.
CDR Crip, you guys finally did it to us.
CC What's that, Jer?
CDR We got so many permanent general messages
up here we're out of room on the chiller pasting pasteing them up.
CC I thought we'd finally overflow you there
if we kept at it. That looks like they really did it last
night.
CDR Well, it's just that it's saturated up here.
I don't know what we're going to do.
CDR Could you cancel a few of them, maybe?
CC That's a good idea. We'll we'll go through
it.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about 15 seconds
from LOS. Next station contact is Tananarive in 14 minutes
at 13:50; 13:50.
CDR Roger.
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time 13 hours
and 38 minutes. Next acquisition in i0 minutes and 50 seconds
through Tananarive. Todays Earth resources pass will be
number 32 for the mission. Yesterdays Earth resources pass, a
SL-IV MC2521/2
TIME: 08:26 CDT, 72:13:26 GMT
1/26/74
stateside along a stateside groundtrack, provided radar

and radiometer data, was collected over the North Pacific ocean
off the west coast of the United States. This will be used
by principal investigators in atmospheric studies to improve
wind peels and sea state information and forecasting. Photo-
graphy, multispectral scanner, and radiometrie information
was obtained of Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Iowa, for the purpose
of comparing and evaluating Earth resources exper spectro-
bands and operating modes in mappings and snow cover. Multi-
spectral photography was imaged over Minnesota, Indiana, and
Ohio. The Minnesota photography will be used for mapping
cultural details and revising existing maps. The Indiana
photoKraphy will be used for urban studies. The Ohio information
will be studied for environmental quality and ecological effects
of strip mining. Atmospheric contamination and aerosol
concentrations data gathered over Chicago, Lake Michigan area
will be analyzed. Additional Earth resources experiment data
gathered over cloud systems associated with jet jet streams
will be used by principle investigators to improve weather
forecasting. Todays EREP pass, mainly a geothermal pass down
the west coast of the United States and into Mexico. Next
acquisition in 8 minutes and 50 seconds will be through Tananarive.
At Greenwich mean time 13 hours and 40 minutes, this is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2522/I
Time: 08:48 CDT, 72:13:48 GMT
1/26/74

13 hours 48 minutes. Acquisition coming through Tananarive
in 50 seconds. All three crew members now in a block of off-
duty time, a day off for the crew their eighth day off during
Skylab IV mission. Although they have an EREP pass scheduled
later today, a stateside pass down the west coast gathering
thermal geothermal data. We'll have them bring the line up
for this Tananarive pass, 4 minutes in duration.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS at Tananarive,
very short pass a little over a minute here. Next station
contact is Honeysuckle at 14:12. That's about 21 minutes away,
and we'll be doing a data/voice recorder dump when we get there.
CDR Roger, Bob.
13 hours 56 minutes. Loss of signal through Tananarive as the
crew begins their 72nd day in the mission of Skylab IV, day
257 for the Skylab workshop. Acquisition in 15 minutes and
30 seconds through the Honeysuckle tracking station. This is
Skylab Control at Greenwich mean time 13 hours 57 minutes.
14 hours and ii minutes. Acquisition coming through the
Honeysuckle tracking station for a 9 minute pass. We'll bring
the line up for CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS through
Honeysuckle. We have you for 8-1/2 minutes and if we could
have the recorder, we'd like to go ahead and do a data/voice
recorder dump here.
SPT Can you give me around 40 seconds, Crip?
CC Will do.
SPT You've got it, Crip. Thank you.
CC Okay, Ed. We'll go ahead and take it.
One item I should mention to you. Last night during unattended
ops, while you guys were asleep, we had a glitch of some sort
that we - sort of probably a power glitch, occur which zeroed
the up/down left/right counters in the computer. If per chance
you see anything like that today, of course, the only required
action is to go ahead and rezero the fine - fine Sun sensor.
SPT Okay, Crip. How did you get rid of that
last night? Were are you able to do that from the ground?
CC That's affirm. They can go ahead and do
it by maneuvering the the Sun sensor, or the can from
the ground or rezero it.
SPT Okay. Thank you.
SPT Say Crip, let me give you a little descrip-
tion of how old Sol looks from up here this morning.
CC Shoot.
SPT White light coronagraph, probably the most
SL-IV MC2522/2
Time: 08:48 CDT, 72:13:48 GMT
1/26/74
significant change is that there is a helmet streamer now

at about 1080 on over to 075 or so. That's close to the
base at around 3 solar radii and 080 - 075. And then it
climbs slightly towards the south, fairly prominent. It
was not there - that event form yesterday. There was a
little indication of it, but it was not anywhere near as well
formeds and perhaps that is due to the activity which was
seen on the limb at that time yesterday afternoon. There
still is a faint streamer at 060 and a very faint one up at
030 which is pointed at around 045. Another strong but very
narrow streamer at 115. Over on the east limb, we're looking
at pretty much what we saw yesterday, maybe diminished a
little bit in intensity. That's hard to say. Actually, it's
probably just about the same. Centered at 270 is a fairly
prominent helmet streamer and then one over at 260_ super
imposed on that which does not extend out anywhere near as
far. They're maybe i0 degrees or so with - in and around
I_i/2 solar radii. XUV monitor shows all our good active
regions disappearing on us. We see the - every active region
on the east limb is just on the limb. It's not even close
to it anymore. They're all right on the very edge. 21 and
33. The coronal hole which follows the 21, it appears to be
almost in two sections now. The center being closed in, so
it's more of a dumbbell shaped coronal hole. We'll take a
look at that today. Still fairly pronounced, though, with the
segments that remain. The part that has closed it in does
have some bright points or the series of three bright points
right in a row running almost east-west inclined slightly
towards the south as you go the west. There is the active
region which has been called out: 36. It's relatively small
but stands out in XUV. Just opposite that, right across to
the other side of the equator is another one. It's slightly
more to the west - about 0.2 radii out, maybe 355 degrees.
Not quite as bright but just about as large. There is a
series of bright points, if you will, or small active regions
out around 040 to 090 just running along a radius of about,
oh, 0.7 or so. We see i, 2, - 4 of them. Then active region
34 shows up real well. And coming around the limb, there's
a sligEt enhancement at around 270 - maybe 275 or so. Very
slight enhancement, though, for being on a limb (garble). If
it was respect of active region at all, it ought to be quite a
bit brighter than it is. But it is an enhancement over the
normal limb brightening. And a coronal hole also in that
region which has just come off the limb at around 270 to
2 _ well, 26 to 280. It's relatively thin. Coronal holes to
the north and south and a filament channel perhaps, up at
around 020.7 or so out running east/west.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2523/I
Time: 09:21 CDT 72:14:21 GMT
01/26/74
SPT just come off the limb at around

270 to 2 - well 26 to 280. It's relatively thin. Coronal
hole from the north and the south and a filament channel perhaps
up at around 0 - it should be 0.7 or so out, running east/west.
I really haven't had too much chance to look at the limb today.
I plan to in the following orbits. The active region 34 has
only got oxygen VI count of around 2000, so it's not really
working up a - to a real hot state yet. We just keep an
eye on it as the day goes on and try to give you some more
information on what we see on the limb. Got a couple of
small features, prominences, and so forth, all relatively
minor but maybe significant. I'd like to talk more with
Bill, when he comes shows up. Thanks, Crip.
CC Okay, thanks for an excellent rundown
on it, Ed. We're about 30 seconds from LOS, next station
contact is going to be Hawaii, and that's about ii minutes
from now at 14:33, and instead of Bill, we're going to have
Neil Sheely to talk to you there.
SPT Very good, look forward to talking with
Nell.
14 hours 22 minutes, loss of signal through Honeysuckle,
next acquisition in i0 minutes will be through Hawaii for
a 9-minutes pass, as the crew continues in their off duty
period. Science conference scheduled to start through -
beginning at 15:45, on the next pass around, with Bob Parker
discussing with the crew the corollary experiments. Bill
Snoddy of Marshall discussing the Kohoutek. Dr. Story Musgrave,
discussing medical experiments and backup Science Pilot Bill
Lenoir discussing visual observations and future planning.
Next acquisition in 9 minutes 25 seconds, this is Skylab
Control at Greenwich mean time 14 hours 23 minutes.
14 hours 32 minutes. Acquisition coming through Hawaii for
a 9 minute and 32 second pass. This pass will be devoted to
the ATM daily conference. Today, it will be Neil Sheeley,
who is one of the co-Pls on the S082 experiment. Sheeley
today serving as the ATM planning czar, from the ATM science
support room. We'll bring the line up for this 9 minute pass
through Hawaii.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS Hawaii for
9-1/2 minutes and here's Neil.
SPT (Garble) How are you?
MCC Good morning, Ed.
MCC Fine, thank you, Ed. How are you? Good
morning, Jerry and Bill, if you're there.
SPT They'd better be.
MCC Okay. (Laughter)
SL-IV MC-2523/2
Time: 09:21 CDT 72:14:21 GMT
01/26/74
MCC Bill Lenoir

CDR (Garble) Neil.
MCC Okay, Bill's going to be here all day,
but he says that you'd be talking to me during each of the
three ATM conferences we had - have scheduled up.
SPT Okay.
MCC Thanks.
MCC Thank you for letting us know about the
current status of the XUV mon and white light coronagraph.
I was going to remind you if you wanted us to know what you're
doing today in real time, you'll have to debrief us, because
the voice taped information will be too late.
SPT Okay. Try to do that as soon as we get
an opportunity here, maybe at the end of this.
MCC Okay. Also, our purpose is to assist
you with what you decide to do today, and hope the experiment
does not give you too much time too much extra work today
on your day off.
SPT No, I enjoy it, this is kind of a challenge,
and it's fun, so it's a good busman's holiday.
MCC Okay. Also, tomorrow will be a normal
day. Unless we hear any suggestions to the contrary from
you, that is, the ATM planners will meet in the planning
room around 18:00 Z today, and if you have any suggestions
for us to consider in planning tomorrow's program, mission
day 73, we'll need them by approximately this time, 800 -
18:00 Z.
SPT Okay, well, let's have a look at how
today goes, and I'ii certainly try to come up with suggest
suggestions on what to do tomorrow and how we implement it
that's something I guess we'll have to plan today and how
you folks feel it went also.
MCC Okay. One additional point for your
interest. The coronal hole that's on the southwest pro-rapidly
approaching the limb is a repeat from last rotation, and it
was visible to some extent even the rotation before that.
SPT Oh, that's interesting, I see it closing
in right now, at the very center of it there appears to be
a bright point which has started to (garble) off down at the
very center, so it's now dumbbell shaped.
MCC Perhaps we're looking at the dying stages
of a coronal hole.
SPT Well, maybe we can do a little study on
it, I plan to do that both these orbits and I can give you
a rough outline of what I've - what I got lined up for today,
whenever your ready, but I don't want to cut you off from
anything you've got to say.
MCC No, only other additional solar information
is that, you've probably noticed that the south polar cap
SL-IV MC-2523/3
Time: 09:21 CDT 72:14:21 GMT
01/26/74
as seen in the XUV monitor is much more pronounced than in

the north. It has been more or less all during the last
27 days and previous to that. The north pole has kind of
been irregular. It may have to do with the tip of the south
pole more toward it, but I suspect it's more related to the
magnetic structure. But really, that's all I have for input
to you, and I think I'd better stand ready to listen to what
you plan to do today.
SPT Okay, here's a a rough outline of what
I'm doing. First orbit we didn't get the (garble) work done,
building block 1 with 82A, getting the true exposure
and putting some information on the VTR. The reason I did
that is that during the other phases of the - where we actually
get the TV downlink, it turns out we'll be not solar inertial.
So, I thought it was best to get something on the VTR early,
which they could be dumping at that time. We did the building
block 32, nul bias, for 52 and I used the rest for observing
time which - since we started late, really didn't amount to
a heck of a lot. Next orbit, we'll be doing a building block
32 with 54 included. Building block i0 - i0 from JOP 26,
looking into the structure above the west limb. I - more of
a synoptic type thing and doesn't involve a lot of dynamic
pointing or anything, but it's still worthwhile doing (garble)
following these all the way across the disk. Third orbit's going
to look at the coronal hole and here I hope to be able to
pick a pointing. We'll start out with building block 32
as listed before and then point 55 so that we can get the the three
different - many different pointings. Grating auto scan if you
will and without changing the pointing of - canister. And in
that way I hope I can get two exceptionally long exposures for the
X-ray instrument almost up to a full orbit, filter plage, 56,
and a pair of long ones for 54. To what degree I'll be able
to get there, grating exposure in optimum, still remains to be
seen because I would pick the best place to look for the
mounting of a coronal hole and then get some grating auto
scans, 4 of them inside and 2 out of it, which has been recommended
30 seconds either way, and maybe some additional ones in there -
some back to back mirror auto rasters of grating zero and
772. If it's before and after each grating auto scans. It (garble)
remains to be seen but long it takes to set it all up.
MCC Okay, Ed. That sounds great. Reminds
me of making up the pad yesterday.
SPT That would be orbit 3 beginning at 16:22,
orbit 2 is the one beginning at 14:49. Orbit 4 beginning at
21:02 to a building block 2 to get the standard in for 52 -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2524/I
TIME: 09:38 CDT, 72:14:38 GMT
1/26/74
SPT - beginning at 16:22, orbit 2 is the

one beginning at 14:49, orbit 4 beginning at 21:02 do a building
block 2 to get the standard in for 52 and then a choice of
two things. Looking for either a polar plume or prominences
to try to get 82B some exposures on one or the other, de-
pending upon what we can find. I did not really have a chance
to look over the North Pole with the magnesium X this morning,
and I plan to do that when I try to line up for that particular
one, that one's just kind of open. At 56 we'll recieve some
long exposures, at 55 mirror auto rasters or grating auto
scans, whatever is appropriate for where we happen to be.
MCC Ed, Just for curiosity it might be interest-
ing to compare how magnesium X i0 looks over the different two
poles; the south pole being of different appearence than the
north. And also what's on the back may be relevant to the polar
plumes too.
SPT Yeah, that's I think that would be. The
trouble I face is it takes a little while to do studies
so what I would have to do is to pick out a given distance off
the limb like 30 arc seconds. And then just try to make some
mental calculations as I roll them up Sun center of what magnesium X
intensity looks like on one or the other, but that's a good
thought. That might be the best way to pick a pole in which
to work.
MCC You might try one and succeed or try one
and fail and then try the other and succeed. I remember you
tried this once before and I'm not up on exactly how it did
work.
SPT That specific thing I have not. Now I
have usually many times rolled about Sun center 30 arc seconds
on the limb looking for features, and that works quite well.
I've done that mostly close to the equator and around active
regions, however. I've not worked too much with the poles,
but I will today.
MCC Okay.
SPT (garble) 5, which is the one at 22:35 we
pick up the last building block i without omitting 82A - 52
with the option B. And the rest I have not tried to fill
in because I feel things will come up during the day and I'll
try to work them in. That's the tentative plan and the way
the Sun looks this morning it looks as though it's pretty
well cared for, but things might change.
MCC Okay, Ed, that sounds great. I'm really
sorry we don't have more activity for you today and more
film to use on it.
SPT Well, without much film and without much
SL-IV MC2524/2
TIME: 09:38 CDT, 72:14:38 GMT
1/26/74
activity it makes the challenge all the bigger, so - it'll be

fun.
MCC Okay, I hope so.
SPT What have you gotten out of interpretation
of 82A data so far?
MCC Well, made a movie of the long wavelength
magnesium IX line that you get when you've got a minus 5400
roll. And we could look at the North Pole and see the plumes
moving right to left, when on the disk the stuff goes left
to right. In other words, in that case we're seeing plumes
from the back which is very interesting. And looking at the
other pole we saw a mixture. On further thinking about this
we found that the North Pole is tipped in August down toward
us, and as a result we were seeing the geometrical effect
and the combination of that was the fact that the plumes
fade out with height. That was very interesting to see,
actually, in a movie.
CC Let me go ahead and break in here. We're
about 30 seconds from LOS, and we'll see you again at Gold-
stone in 2-1/2 minutes at 14:45; 14:45.
SPT Okay, when's Neil come up again?
CC Well, we got - got him scheduled again
at, oh, 18:01. However, he's going to be available anytime
you want to talk to him today, Ed°
SPT Oh, okay.
CC In fact, do you want to continue it over
the States? We can.
SPT Okay, why don't - Nell, what I really have
in mind is from the - what you've been able to see so far
on 82A and especially 82A. What have you learned that's
really new and significant which we could use in our observations
especially today and the remainder of the (garble)
MCC Okay, I'll work it.
CC Over the hill.
43 minutes as SkylablV now in its llth week. The film aboard
Skylab being used very carefully as mentioned by Science Pilot
Gibson in a discussion with Neil Sheeley, ATM plannings are.
Today SO52 camera of the ATM complex is allotted 120 frames
for usage today. However, the S056 there is no film constraints.
SO82 has a total of 6 frames of film scheduled for today's
ATM operations with S082B having i0 frames available for
use today. Next acquisition will be through the Goldstone
tracking station for a 7-minute pass. We'll hold the line
up for this stateside pass through Goldstone, Bermuda and
MILA.
SL-IV MC2524/3
TIME: 09:38 CDT, 72:14:38 GMT
1/26/74
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS through Goldstone

for 7 minutes, and if it's convenient we'd like to take the
VTR here and do a little dumping through Goldstone.
CC CDR, Houston. Jerry, got a moment to
chat?
CDR Yeah, I was asking you what's the subject
in the permanent general message number 38, and we need another
copy of 39.
CC Okay, I'm sorry I wasn't copying you there
second time I guess we've lost you, didn't get a voice on it.
38 is end-of-mission meals. And we'll send you up a new copy
of 39.
CDR Okay, and I have 38.
CC Okeydoke. What I was going to ask you,
Jer, was there's been some discussion down here, we're in-
terested in the deterioration of your wardroom window due
to possible hits from micrometeriods. And it's felt that you
should be able to see whether there has been any impact just
by observing out the window kind of looking at it from different
angles. And we thought if during your - enjoying your day
off observing out the window if you could give us any comments
regarding any things that look like they might have been
meteroid impacts on the window, we'd appreciate it.
CDR Okay, Crip, none of us have noticed any-
thing Just offhand, but we'll look at it a little bit and see.
CC Okay, appreciate it.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2525/I
Time: 09:48 CDT, 72:14:48 GMT
1/26/74
CC Skylab, Houston. 1 minute to LOS. Bermuda

in 5 minutes at 14:56. 14:56.
14 hours 52 minutes. Loss of signal through Geldstone. Next
acquisition in 2 minutes and 45 seconds through Bermuda tracking
station. Discussions here at Mission Control Center is the
remaining days of the mission. 135 hours of science time
desired for the remainder of the mission until mission day
78, at which time eloseout of the vehicle and final prepara-
tions for the EVA. This amounts to 27 hours a day, beginning
tomorrow, to reach this 135 hours of science time.
CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Bermuda 9 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. The VTR belongs to you
guys again and also we have uplinked that PGM 39, once mere.
CDR Thank you, Crip.
CC Rog. And, Bill,-sometime, at your guy's
oonvienienee today, we would appreciate getting the readouts
on the status of the 509 bottles as far as charge is concerned.
PLT They're all up, Crip. We went ahead and
did that.
CC Okay.
PLT They're all in i0,000_ roughly.
CC Okay. Thank you very much for the informa-
tion.
SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Go, Ed. And be advised you're way down
in the mud.
SPT Okay. How's it now?
CC Little bit better.
SPT Okay. I was just trying to advise
people what I'm up to in this orbit. And that is to use
building block I0, looking off the west llmb, just a series
of RASTERS - max - maxi - RASTERS, I guess we're calling them.
Not quite a (garble) raster. A series of three of them at the
base. And then three will be stacked on top of that in a dif-
ference of 50 are seconds. And also trying to give 56 a series
of 5-minute exposures. Filter 2 which apparently is the only
one we could get in with 5 minutes. So we'll get some - hopefully,
some type history on about six different exposures, taken 6 or
7 minutes apart on filter 2.
CC Ed, let me interrupt you here. We're going
to go LOS here for about a little over a minute and then we'll
pick you back up again at Canaries. And be advised you're
still way, way down in the mud.
SPT Okay, Crip. Raven_t done anything
different than before. So, I suspect it's somewhere in the
comm loop.
CC Okeydoke.
SL-IV MC-2525/2
Time: 09:48 CDT, 72:14:48 GMT
1/26/74
CC Skylab, Houston. We're back with you

once more through Canaries. We have you for a total of about
15-1/2 minutes. And Ed, we'd appreciate hearing what you -
what you are doing, if you can continue now.
SPT Be with you in a minute, Crip.
CC Okay. No rush at all.
SPT Crip, how do you read me now?
CC That's much better, Ed.
SPT Okay. We're picking up on what we out-
lined previously. Looking at the west limb, trying to get
some more synoptic data on the active regions as they go over
the limb and see how far out they extend into the corona. So
we're doing a JOP 26, step 9, if you will, where I'm coming
up with the pad coordinate. And we're working close to the
llmb at minus 900 in up/down. We started off at minus 20:27:0,
leftright and we're just going to march across 3 steps, 270
each time. And then move out 270 and repeat that. Then I'll
see how much time I have at the end to do anything further
over and above that. The further we go out, the more mirror
auto rasters I have to get, in order to get some real statistics,
so I may Just shoot in one where it looks like we have something
worth watching and sit on top of that one after we finish up
these first 6. The 56 is also getting some exposures. Seeing
they did not indicate they were low on film;-I put a single
frame 2 in with each one of these 56 mirror auto rasters. So
they're getting 5-minute exposures on filter 2 every 6 or 7 min-
utes. And maybe they'll see some time rates in change and
maybe they won't. Any suggestions from the ground will be
appreciated.
MCC That's sounds great, Ed. We llke it.
SPT Thank you,Nell. At the beginning we
did give a building block 32 to start it off with 54
operating and 56.
MCC Okay, Ed. Thank you very much. We thought
we wouldn't speak to you too much while yon were observing_
because we don't want to interfer with your getting all this
great data. We thought we'd pick yon up at CRO (?) perhaps,
when you're just going into dark.
SPT Okay. Very good, Nell. So long.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2526/I
Time: 10:13 CDT, 72:15:13 GMT
1/26/74
CC SPT, Houston. For your information, Ed, that

pass at Carnarvon coming up is set up for (A Legend) Parker to
be discussing corollary experiments with you. So Neil did
have a few other items and if, you know, you get some period
here during this pass, we still have you for about 9 minutes,
he can go ahead and give you a little feedback from some
of your earlier questions.
SPT Sure, that's fine. These are pretty much
routine panel of operations. So, No problem. Press on.
MCC Okay. Pressing on, I guess, Ed, interrupt
me when you're bothered. Sounds like - I imagine this is like
the phone ringing in the observatory room. Okay. We have a
number of things here that we've learned that you might find
interesting. Probably the most relevant one seems to be a
tendency for the coronal holes at the poles to be biggest when
the magnetic fields in the southern hemisphere - well, so the
magnetic fields in that hemisphere are the same sign as the
polar fields. And they tend to be smaller when it's o-f
opposite sign and there's a filament channel.
MCC So if the south pole has a strong polar
cap today, we would guess that the magnetic field is not far
from it, has a minus polarity, black on these pictures that
we have down here. And we did notice a few days ago when this
coronal hole that you're talking about today near the near
the southwest limb, when that's more or less disk center and
apparently almost connected to the south pole, there was a
large negative magnetic field region or less centered along
the central meridian and in the southern hemisphere approaching
the pole.
SPT What does that say about the construction
of a coronal hole itself on how it originates?
MCC I think it's consistently this diverging
magnetic field idea.
MCC In other words, the fields in - magnetic
field in the coronal hole is a diverging magnetic field. And
why that makes it dark there, don't ask me.
SPT The field strengths have been observed to
be roughly low, though, in the center of the hole.
MCC More or less on the average.
SPT Pretty much of a reticle and low?
MCC As far as I know.
MCC Okay. Other topics - this long spicule
idea. The spicules in - whole length, are about as long as a
super granual in diameter, we've taken some movies of them in
SL-III and seeing, as Harvard has mentioned to you before, that
they have about a 10-minute rise time and stay time and in addition,
the 82A data shows that they have funny wiggles. They're sort
SL-IV MC2526/2
Time: 10:13 CDT, 72:15:13 GMT
1/26/74
of pink. But that's more for your interest.

SPT Do they move up? In other words, does it
look like a wave pattern?
MCC I don't know if we've got enough frames
to see that, but that may be true. Good point. As far as
flare development, we've seen the iron XXIV images brighten
up first, the first few minutes, and then there followed with
the transition region and other lines brightening up a few
minutes later, brightening up to their peaks a few minutes
later. So we've been able to distinguish different the rise and
fall of different lines at different times, and we suspect
with your your superb data of the other day that we'll see a lot
more of this.
SPT Yes. Layer XXIV comes up first. That says
it all happens at the very hard end of the spectrum early
and then relaxes on down further and then, suprising, in light
of being able to see something in H-alpha as early as we see
it in X-ray.
MCC Oh, that's a good point. But we did see
that for I think it was the June 15 flare.
SPT Well, okay. Got a lot to think about.
MCC We also see the shape changes and loop
changes and tops of loops fading and bottoms of loops brightening
and all this changing as function of time. But I guess
you may have seen a movie of that prior to launch.
SPT No, I (garble) didn't get to see that, Nell.
How was that related to what else was going on? Coronal rain
coming down brightening the top with a possibility or what?
MCC This looks like the postflare loops that
one hears about on the limb as seen against the disk in
the case of - In this case, I'm now thinking of the - the flare
fall of the X-flare we got in SL-III. And the loops brightened
and some - in some cases, they expanded, getting larger in diameter.
And the tops of them faded, leaving the bottoms brighter. It
almost looked like the ionization propagated downward from the
top to the bottom of the loop.
SPT Well, if the material's originating at
the top, could it be just a slow transition of a large slug
of material as it moves down the loops and ends up at the bottom?
MCC I guess that's a possibility, although I
really don't know when it is resuming. We havent't really
studied it. Like we made a movie and looked at it and then
we got busy on mission operations. So your thought is as
good as ours at this stage.
SPT Okay. Be interesting to look at it when
I get back.
MCC Anxious to show it to you.
SL-IV MC2526/3
Time: 10:13 CDT, 72:15:13 GMT
1/26/74
MCC Oh, also Ed, regarding this attempt to get

the polar plume sector with the 82B. In the event that
we're successful and you think that you can see them well and
get the data, 82 has asked that you support this observation
sometime within an hour or two of that time by taking a wave-
length short exposure 2 minutes. I'm sorry. Wavelength long,
exposure 2 minutes with a roll minus 5400 in order to bring
up the polar plumes and the magnesium IX llne. Is that convenient?
SPT For 82A?
MCC That's affirmative.
SPT Yeah, that could be done. One of the
problems with trying to do what you mentioned is you don't
really know the exact direction of the polar plume, and we might
be able to locate something at the base by just searching around
20 - 30 arc seconds off the limb and find a maximum in magne-
sium X. But to actually find the direction in which it's going
means a lot more searching and trying to take out the geometry,
and that takes a lot of time, and I'm not quite too sure how we
could go about that.
MCC It seems to me that if they're near the pole,
you might assume that the radial about an arc minute wide,
and if they're a little bit off the pole, llke the ones you sometimes
see in the eclipse pictures, then you might anticipate they're
slightly inclined, say 20 degrees from north.
SPT Well, they would always be radial, or were
you saying they'd ne always inclined a little bit towards the
north?
MCC What I'm saying is near -
SPT On the South?
MCC - near the pole, the - the more
or less radial. But if you get away from the pole, I would
anticipate that they would begin to ream down a little bit,
if you know what I mean. Similar to the eclipse photograph.
SPT Okay. Now I've got you. It has to be
20 degrees away from the vertical towards the equator.
MCC That's right. Like dipole field, I
guess.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2527/I
Time: 10:22 CDT 72:15:22 GMT
01/26/74
SPT - - that would be 20 degrees away from

the vertical towards the Equator.
MCC That's right. That like a dipole filed,
I guess.
SPT I got you.
SPT I'ii be busy for a couple of minutes
here, Neil.
CC And,
MCC Okay.
CC - - we are currently i minute from LOS.
Next station contact, as we mentioned before, is Carnarvon,
at 15:45, that's about 24 minutes away and we'll be turning
it over to Robert "The Legend" Parker, for a little corolary
discussion.
SPT Thank you, Bob. Neil, be talking to you
later.
MCC Okay, Ed.
15 hours 23 minutes. Loss of signal through Ascension,
next acquisition in 22 minutes will be the Carnarvon tracking
station where the daily - weekly science conference will be
started with Mission Scientist Dr. Robert Parker. A continuous
discussion beginning at the Hawaii tracking station between Nell
Sheeley, one of the co-Pls for the s0g2 experiment, who today
is the ATM planning czar, discussing activities on the Sun with
Science Pilot Ed Gibson. Next acquisition in 22 minutes through
Carnarvon at Greenwich mean time 15 hours and 23 minutes, this is
Skylab Control.
15 hours 44 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Carnarvon
tracking station, as we pick up the weekly science conference
at this pass. The crew in their day off today, this is their
8th day off in the mission. They will have one more day off
before scheduled splash, this will be on mission day 77,
January 31st. We'll bring the line up for the pass through
Carnarvon, scheduled to last 8 minutes 35 seconds.
MCC Your friendly science.
MCC Skylab, Houston. Over.
CC I wouldn't talk to him either.
SPT Houston, how do you read?
MCC Loud and clear.
SPT Hello, Robert. Press on.
MCC Yeah, okay. Glad to talk to you guys,
again. Let me talk to - I guess the first couple of comments
here apply primarily to Ed. With regard to your comments on
S063 airglow, last week, and also then yesterday or the day
before on S063 ozone. First of all, let me try and straighten
out a (garble) question of the rotation and tilt, in that
SL-IV MC-2527/2
Time: 10:22 CDT 72:15:22 GMT
01/26/74
sequence in the operation of the airglow. At one point,

a couple of weeks ago, we had operations with the S063 airglow;
I suspect both you and Bill were involved in those. And at
that point the beta angle was such that we could keep it
fixed in rotation and just move it in tilt. Over.
SPT Okay, Bob. Yeah, it sure worked out
well that one time.
CC We got a keyhole here, about a half a
minute. We'll call you out of it.
MCC Skylab, Houston, again.
SPT Hello, Bob. Go ahead.
MCC Okay, continuing on there, there are times
very much at function at beta angle when we can stay fixed
in rotation and just move in tilt. And obviously that is
the most convenient thing for you. But, there are other times
when the if you stay fixed in rotation andmove in tilt
that there are times in the orbit when the tilt cannot be
maneuvered far enough to allow you to still see the horizon,
so that depending upon the beta angle it it's just a
function of time and this happens to be a time when it works
out best to move it in rotation while keeping it fixed in
tilt. There are inbetween situations where we could try to
keep it fixed more or less in rotation and move it in tilt
and then during part of the orbit move in rotation and move
it in tilt, but obviously that complicates the procedures
quite a bit so byd an large we have tried in the past to keep
one fixed and move the other just to simplify the situation.
Over.
SPT Okay, Bob. That was not additionally made
clear and that's why I had the confusion when I came up to
it to see the procedures changed. And, I also thought it
was a little bit risky to start changing rotation around
when you're not really watching it, keeping track of the
number of turns and of course, (garble) if you do everything
right you end up with the right spot. However, with the S063 window
on there you can line it up visually and get it back in.
So, that did not prove to be as much of a problem as I thought
it would be as far as getting the mirror back in and 1'11
suggest if we do it again, that's - just kind of give some
initial positions and I they just press on from there, I
had to wing it. First of all the initial position which they
called up to me real time there, or just about real time,
did not put me on the horizon, which meant I had that grand
started a big search and eventually found it, but I started
the observations a little bit late because of it, did not
get the first interval.
MCC Right, and - and I guess I - I guess
summarizing, we on the ground are not overly concerned with
the problem of - of finding it again in rotation. Particularly
SL-IV MC-2527/3
Time: 10:22 CDT 72:15:22 GMT
01/26/74
with S063 and the second thing is you're right again on the
problem of finding it, if that was a least partially the
problem of trying to call that stuff up in real time, and
we'll try and have the thing better organized and be sure
that you understand whether we're trying to move in rotation
or tilt on the particular day in the next pass. On the
yesterday, when you did the ozone, you in fact, did exactly
what the Pls wanted in trying to shoot both filters at the
same site. However, because of the high beta angle they
had decided not to request this, and had not really fixed
the (garble) to do this, for reasons which became obvious
to you, as you tried to do it. However, in your trying to
doing do it and to the extent you got it, that makes them
extremely happy. It's just something that they had felt that
they were not in a position to request because of the added
difficulty with it. Over.
SPT Yeah, what - what was called up from the
ground when I asked - was yes they did desire to get this
on the same plate, and I thought that was what was meant in
the pad, so I pressed on and turned out that the 16-second
exposure, if you initially set the slider on the lef-hand
side for - which sets a triggering of the UV camera, set that
at 16, by the time you get - make the change and get to the
top you're already bumped into the stop before the 8-second
one is timed out. A-d so I then had to loose that slider
on down to 20 to even have the hope of getting it done.
MCC Right, and that's why the pad actually
was written with the intent of not trying to do that just
because of the high beta angle and that problem.
SPT Okay, if I had known that was not the
intent, it would have made the operations a heck of a lot
easier. Because I also ended up with your, which you might
appreciate as you are trying to change that filter, you start
the first exposure with your hand on the knob coming out of
the filter and when you get all the way up to the top you
find out that the machine has locked your arm into the
device and there is no way you can pull your arm out and
make the second exposure.
MCC Right_ understand that. Okay, let me
fill you in - people in and probably doesn't concern you so
much, Ed, because you don't do 183, but on S183 the status
on that, we are currently -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2528/I
TIME: 10:52 CDT, 72:15:52 GMT
1/26/74
SPT - - that you might appreciate as you

are trying to change that filter. You start the first exposure
with your hand on the knob coming out of the filter. And
when you get all the way up to the top you find out that
the machine has locked your arm into the device and there's
no way you can pull your arm out and make the second exposure.
MCC Right, understand that.
MCC Okay, let me (garble) people in and probably
doesn't concern you so much, Ed, because you don't do 183,
but on S183 the status on that, we are currently working
on our malfunction procedure and hope to have it sent up to-
night where we'll try and lie it around what we feel is a
blown fuse, and if it is successful we will then begin - resume
using S183, only this time without the DAC camera, just with
the carrousel. Over.
CDR Roger, Bob. And also on S183 we found
the metric Allen Wrench, I had a hunch I wouldn't throw it away,
and I got to looking through the Allen Wrench bag and found it.
MCC Okay, I'ii pass that on to them. Thank
yOU.
MCC On M509 and TO20 we thought until this
morning, about 8 hours ago that we had time to get in another
run on one of these units. And then going back over the
actual requirements and then (garble) finding everything was
coming out of the woodwork, it turns out that we have gotten
to the point where we do not have time, as we foresee the
end of the mission right now, to do anymore runs on the
maneuvering units. Over.
CDR Roger.
MCC And let me continue here. We're going to
have a handover, but I'll continue until the handover. On
EREP the weather for track 2 tomorrow morning for the geo-
thermal looks quite good and we're still right now very much
in a GO position for track 2 and track 6 tomorrow which will
do some important geothermal work for us. Over.
CDR Okay_ are those early in the morning?
MCC The track 2 is early in the morning, I
think you may have about a 15 minute early wakeup, but it's
essentially within the normal working day.
CDR Okay, that's good.
MCC And the EREPs after the one today, we're
looking at about 7 more EREPs for the rest of the mission.
I might say we've got to the point where after today we
can look at approximately 5 working experiment days until
EVA, at which point we all get quite much fixed as far as
what's going on. And we can right now really look down and
SL-IV MC2528/2
TIME: 10:52 CDT, 72:15:52 GMT
1/26/74
figure out exactly what we're doing for the rest of the
mission which is one reason I have that bad news on M509.
We'll see you at Guam at 16:00 and with the comet people and
I'Ii continue talking here as we go over the hill. ATM
currently we've gotten approximately 280 hours and things
seem to be going very well for them. This essentially brings
them up to the mission. And I don't know if you've been
told recently, but on day 74 we're planning on doing the
super RASTER. Over.
SPT Super RASTER, okay, sounds good.
CDR Okay, Bob, essentially where do we stand
on all the corollaries and everything? Are we - we finally
managed to catch up or are we still behind in i or 2?
MCC Well, M509 is one of those that's behind.
We've gotten, as you well know, five of the eight runs we
planned.
15 hours 56 minutes with loss of signal through Carnarvon.
Next acquisition will be Guam for a 6-minute pass and continuation
of the weekly science conference. Guam pass in 4 minutes.
Mission Scientist Bob Parker reporting that the weather along
groundtrack number 2 tomorrow, a predawn pass over the Western
United States for data on geothermal areas. The weather looks
good along that track. A second pass in the afternoon will gather
data in the same area after the Sun has risen, giving scientist
on the ground good data on geothermal activities in western part
of the United States. Crew advised they've got 280 hours of ATM
observations during the first 72 days of the mission. 7 EREP
passes remain prior to closeout of the EREP activities which is
scheduled now for mission day 79. The crew has one more day off
on January 31. 135 hours of science time hopefully to be gathered
between now and closeout of the vehicle. Medical experiments, how-
ever, will be conducted on the last two days prior to deactivation
on mission day 84, February 7. We'll bring the line up for
this Guam pass and continuation of the science conference. Bill
Snoddy of Marshall Space Flight Center will discuss with the
crew activities already accomplished with comet Kohoutek using
the ATM and corollary instruments and activities yet scheduled
for the remainder of the mission on comet Kohoutek. We'll
leave the line up for this Guam pass.
MCC Skylab, Houston through Guam for 6 minutes.
CDR Hello, Bob, go ahead.
MCC I cheated a little bit on the comet people,
I'm still with you. I wanted to just finish up here on the
overall mission status. We were talking about EREP, and on EREP
SL-IV MC2528/3
TIME: 10:52 CDT, 72:15:52 GMT
1/26/74
we've - currently have gotten 31 passes. We're looking

forward to counting today about 8 more which puts us at
39, which is pretty close to the 42 we were forecasting. On
ATM we've gotten currently about 280 hours. This puts us
at just about where we wanted to do premission. As I said
the only thing we're looking for big on ATM for the rest
of the mission is the super RASTER. And we're planning, in
fact, to help the other experiments catch up. We're planning
really to be probably running only 3 maybe 4 orbits a day
on ATM. So, it's going to be fairly quiet for ATM unfortunately
for the rest of the mission except for day 74. Kohoutek,
as you saw yesterday, we started out on Kohoutek again. Wetll
have a few Kohoutek observations and I'll let them talk about
that in a few minutes if they want to. The medicals we're
sort of powering on down the end of the mission; 92 just
keeps coming along. There's nothing we can do about them.
And the 131's we've got these one set of 131's left to go in
the mission which I'm sure you're aware of, and Story will
talk about that as well. The corollaries_ we're primarily
right now looking at trying to finish up observations for
S063 airglow and ozone and S073. And if we can get S183
working again we'll try and help them come up to speed. Both
of those are probably working at something like 80 to 90
percent of our premission objectives at this present time.
And that - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2529/I
Time: 11:02 CDT, 72:16:02 GMT
1/26/74
MCC about then as well. The corollaries,

we're primarily right now looking and trying to finish up obser-
vations for S063 airglow and ozone and S073, and if we can get
S183 working again, we'll try and help them come up to speed.
Both of those are probably working at something llke 80 to 90
percent of our premission objectives at this present time.
And that's about what our overall status is right now. We
can see our way to the end of the time that we've basically set
aside for experiments and we think we know what we're going to do and
what we wanted to do. Over.
PLT Okay, Bob. Thanks a lot.
MCC And it looks pretty good from here, I might
say, before I turn you over to Kohoutek.
SPT Okay, Bob. One question l'd be interested
in getting some data on one time is how - what you planned
premission for SL-IV in terms of rate of accomplishment versus
what you planned premission for SL-III.
MCC Okay. I got all of that except for the
word that came in front of accomplishment. Did you say rate
of accomplishment?
SPT Yeah. I would - Itd like to understand what
percent of accomplishment or, I should say, what rate of experiment
data did we actually ge t relative to what rate you planned
for us initially and how does that compare for the rate which
you initially planned before SL-III?
MCC Okay. You're talking about ATM in particular.
In other words, data take hours at the console?
SPT No, everything corollary. Corrollary and
ATM.
MCC Okay. Don't really have those figures and let
me see if I understand exactly what you mean by "rate," though,
Ed. Over.
SPT I'ii talk with you more later, Bob. Let's
not waste the time now.
MCC Okay. Why don't you downlink some - some
explicit questions on tape and we'll look at it and get the
figures for you. And here's Mr. Kohoutek.
MCC Good morning, gentlemen.
SPT Good morning. How are you this morning?
MCC Oh, fine. I think it might be appropriate
that I mention that this part of the science conference is off
to you for the sponsorship of your friendly Edsel beaters
(laughter). You'd be suprised how much the people are disap-
pointed over the brightness of the comet including us, of course.
It got so bad, for example, that I quit wearing my Kohoutek
T-shirt except when I take a shower. But at least, anyway the
science part of it's going real well, and let me bring you up
SI-IV MC2529/2
Time: 11:02 CDT, 72:16:02 GMT
1/26/74
to date on that. We got a pretty good elongation angle now,

around 60 degrees, which allows our good ground based obser-
vations. Can get long exposures at high zenith angles. Give
you some examples: From the Joint Observatory Research Center
at South Baldy they're reporting some good measurements on
the gas and dust tail on January 15. I think we told you
last time they measured a gas tail 25 degrees long and a dust
tail i0 degrees long. These two tails were right together.
However, in the photographs, if you - the left side of the tail
appears straight, and this is primarily the gas tail. And the
right side is curved, and this is the dust tail. You might recall
seeing that same observation, I don't know. They also see in the
anti-tail, the one that you were the first to report at perihelion.
This is the larger particles that are following the nucleus. On
the 20th, the gas tail had decreased from 25 degrees down to
i0 degrees and the dust tail, 6 degrees. The antitail
still being visible and then last night, the gas tail was still
7 degrees and the dust tail was also 7 degrees, with an anti-
tall being about a quarter of a degree. We're getting into
some really interesting space observations now. The elongation
angle has gotten great enough that the Copernicus is beginning
scheduled to begin their observations. That's on OAO-III on
January 29. There'll do an extensive series of measurements with
hight resolution spectrographs. They'll be doing primarily around
the Lyman-alpha region and also around the OH region. I think
we're going to run out of time here before I get through. I under-
stand I'ii be coming back up on the next tracking station.
Why don't we go ahead and continue talking? We're interested
in getting these additional corollary measurements right now
to give us an overlap with the Copernicus data and with Mariner
X data, which I'ii mention a little bit more about when we
come back up as well. You know, the $201 measures the Lyman-
alpha and that's what both Copernicus and Mariner is getting data
on, and S063 and S183 measures the OH, and that's what the Copernicus
also be getting data on. i think we're about -
CC We'll see you at Hawaii in about 7 minutes.
MCC Okay and at that time or a little bit
later, sometime this morning, I'ii tell you about the Mariner X
results that we're already got so far and about some results from
Hawaii and also the 200-inch Mount Pallmar, the Convair 990,
and mention one or two other minor brief things, not minor but brief.
So we'll pretty well close out for now, I suppose. I might
mention - go ahead and continue talking as long as we have you.
The Convair 990 has continued to fly and they report getting
good OH imagery. We haven't seen the results yet, but we'll
be interested to compare that with S063 and S183 results. Okay.
We're about to loose you.
SL-IV MC2538/I
TIME: 14:35 CDT, 72:19:35 GMT
1/26/74

mean time. Acquisition in 2-1/2 minutes through Goldstone
and Texas. Coming up on today's Earth resources survey,
EREP 32; 32 actual EREPs completed this mission. The EREP
survey number is 42 along track 63, down through California,
Mexico, on into South America. The crew will likely be on
voice actuated intercomm or vox. We'll stand by for early
acquisition here and monitor the crew as they go through
the EREP checklist, switching experiments, cameras, and sensors
on and off according to the checklist. And we're standing by
for acquistion Goldstone in a little over a minute.
PLT The AUTO CAL's at 50. Let me find it
here, 50:30, 50 minutes and 30 seconds after the hour.
CDR Okay, that's well down into the -
PLT Yeah -
CDR Caribbean, okay.
PLT I better give you a - a call on that because
there's nothing up above.
CC We're with you here stateside, got you
here for about 15 minutes.
PLT You're coming through way down in the mud,
Crip.
CDR Yeah, you're very, very weak.
CC Okeydoke.
PLT Hey, that's better.
CC Is that better?
CDR Oh, man that's neat.
PLT We got a quick question for you, Crip, before
I start here.
CC Go.
PLT Okay. Check 5 - READY ON S191 at 53:10, it
looks to be out of chronological sequence. Okay, stand by
for 38:20. Stand by -
PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY. Standing by for
38:41. It's down there. You see the call out 53:24, S193 ALTI-
METER, STANDBY; the mode and the range change and then the READY,
ON for 191 at 53:10.
CC We got it, let me get right back with you.
PLT RADIOMETER, ON. 47 EREP, START.
PLT MARK. And let's see here, we have a
green TAPE MOTION light. Waiting for 39:53. We got a READY
light on the RAD. ETC is at 40 minutes even, Ed. POWER, ON,
that is.
CDR Here comes the coast of Californy.
PLT Waiting for 39:53. Okay, Ed, about 20 seconds
for an ETC POWER, ON.
CDR Oh, boy, it's nice and clear.
PLT Beautiful, standing by for 39:53.
SL-IV MC2538/2
TIME: 14:35 CDT, 72:19:35 GMT
1/26/74
PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO. Standing by for

40 minutes even.
PLT MARK. Okay, 194 MODE to MANUAL. And I got
a MALF light on number 5 and ETC was to go to POWER, ON at that
time. Waiting for 40:50.
CDR Now it's clouding up. Wouldn't you know
it.
CC Okay, it should break out pretty clear for
you, Jer. And, Bill, you're correct. It is - the time is correct
and out of sequence. Also that REF 6 does go with the 53:10.
PLT Understand; thank you. Standing by for 40:50.
Ed, at 41 minutes even, 15 seconds from now, ETC will be going
to AUTO.
PLT MARK.
CDR There it is. Hello, San Francisco.
PLT Okay, 192 MODE to READY on time, And a
TAPE MOTION green light and it's nice and steady.
CDR All right, I'm going to track in the lower
San Francisco Bay; that's the good uniform area.
PLT And ETC is in AUTO.
[.
CDR Right off Alameda.
PLT Waiting for 41 (garble) Stand by -
PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY and SCAT, ON. Okay,
SCAT, ON went on 3 seconds early. Okay RAD, ON, now. Ed,
at 42 minutes even, ETC to STANDBY, Ed.
CDR OKay, my tracking point was right off-right
near the Bay bridge, right off the coast where you can find
Alameda.
PLT i0 seconds to ETC, STANDBY.
CDR All right, I'm looking for Lavlc Lake now.
PLT Stand by for 42:04 -
CDR Oh, brother.
PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM.
CDR Found it.
PLT Okay, we are in 192 mode of operations. We
got OFF 43:50.
CDR That's -
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-2539/I
Time: 14:42 CDT 72:19:42 GMT
1/26/74
CDR - - Panana
PLT MARK. SUTTER SPEED MEDIUM.
CDR Found it.
PLT Here we are in 192 mode of operation. We
go OFF at 43:50.
CDR DACs on. And tracking the lava.
PLT Okay, wWaiting for 42:48.
PLT And at 43 minutes even, ETC to STANDBY
again.
PLT (Garble) Okay.
PLT 42:48.
PLT MARK. POLARIZATION 4 at -
CDR All right. Going to a sunshine area.
There it is.
PLT MARK. 43 minutes ETC STANDBY.
PLT TAPE MOTION is nice and steady and green.
CDR Okay. We got our data. Very good.
PLT Great.
CDR Now. How about a little Salton Sea? Just
for grabs. Pick up an alternate here.
CDR Okay, get some Salton Sea. That's
enough of that.
PLT Stand by. 43:50.
CDR Okay, going for the cirrus now.
PLT MARK. Okay. 43:50. 192 MODE is to CHECK.
Waiting for 44:20.
CDR I missed the cirrus altogether.
PLT And at 44:30 Ed, ETC to STANDBY again.
PLT Okay. Stand by.
PLT MARK. 44:20. POLARIZATION to i, and at
44:30 coming up in about 5 seconds, ETC to STANDBY.
CDR Okay. I haven't seen anything that even
looked like cirrus clouds. It's clear as a bell.
PLT For 45:04. Things looking good here.
CDR Okay. I left it in IMC so the first minute
of the cirrus tracking was not at a good nadir swath. It was
in IMC.
PLT Stand by.
CDR Now we're getting the cirrus.
PLT MARK. INTERVAL to 20.
CDR Oh yeah.
CDR Good cirrus.
PLT (garble) 4:05.
CDR That's 45:08. I'm going to continue tracking
this nadir swath because we were north of the cirrus for our
swath.
PLT Okay, waiting for 45:30. Stand by.
PLT MARK. 45:30. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. 45:36.
Stand by.
SL IV MC-2539/2
Time: 14:42 CDT 72:19:42 GMT
1/26/74
PLT MARK. REFERENCE to 2 on 191. 47:10,

ETC POWER ON again, Ed.
CDR Okay. Terminating the nadir swath at
45:44. The cirrus was considerably south of where we figured
it was.
CC Copy that, Jer.
CDR Guadalajara. Can't find Mexico City, there.
PLT Okay. It's 46:40. In 30 seconds ETC
POWER ON, again.
CC Rog.
PLT Okay. POWER's ON, ETC. Waiting for
47:40. Stand by.
PLT MARK. 47:40. INTERVAL to lO. Waiting
for 48 minutes and SHUTTER SPEED to 140 on the ETC. Then at
48:10 ETC to AUTO.
PLT Okay, coming up on 48:10. ETC to AUTO.
Waiting for 48:40.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2540/I
Time: 14:48 CDT 72:19:48 GMT
1/26/74
PLT Stand by.

PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.
PLT MARK at 42. RAD to STANDBY. Waiting for
49. Okay, VTS AUTO CAL at 50 plus 03.
CDR Okay.
CDR No, son of a gun.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK, 192 MODE to READY. Now I got a shift
in speed and I got a green light. And just lost the green
light, and stand by. 15 ALTIMETER, ON. Okay_ waiting for
50.
CDR Looks like Mexico City has a little smog
problem today.
PLT Stand by for 50.
PLT MARK, 192 MODE to CHECK. Here's some
changes made, waiting for 50:14, and at 50:30, need a VTS AUTO CAL,
Jerry.
CDR All right.
PLT Waiting for 50:14. Stand by.
PLT MARK, INTERVAL to 20 on the 190, and at
50 plus 30 in i0 seconds roughly.
CDR All right.
PLT VTS AUTO CAL. On my mark.
PLT MARK.
CDR You got it.
PLT Okay, thank you. Waiting for 52. Okay, I got
an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light, I didn't no - I did not notice when it
came on, but I still have a READY light. Camera 5 MALF light
still on. Okay, just lost my READY light on the ALTIMETER going
to STANDBY at 18. (Garble) 53, ALTIMETER back ON. Okay, it's
looking good. Yeah, it's looking good, I'm waiting for 52
minutes for a READY light READY out on the 190.
CDR Okay, I'd thought I'd swing out to the
right and look for the Galapagos. Not sure I can see that
far to the right, though I'm afraid.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're about 30 seconds
from LOS. See you again at the Vanguard in I0 minutes.
PLT Going to STANDBY.
CDR Roger, Crip.
PLT On 190, FRAME 7. And INTERVAL to i0. Okay,
waiting for 53:10. 190 checked out good. Now I'm going to cycle
POWER OFF Just to give that number 5 camera a better chance. I
have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light again at 29. Waiting for 53:10.
through the Corpus Christi, Texas tracking station, as Skylab-IV
crew is midway through today's Earth resources survey over
California, Mexico, and portions of South America. Next
station in 9 minutes will be tracking ship Vanguard. As space-
station Skylab begins revolution number 3714. At 19:53 Greenwich
mean time, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2541/I
Time: 15:01 CDT 72:20:01 GMT
1/26/74

mean time, 50 seconds from acquisition tracking ship Vanguard.
Today's Earth resources survey still underway as the space
station crosses the South American continent. Several of
the ground sites for today's Earth Resources Pass are in
Argentina.
CDR Limit.
PLT Okay, waiting for 02:30.
CC Back with you through the Vanguard for
i0 minutes.
PLT MARK. READY, out.
CDR Roger, Crip.
PLT And EREP to STOP. 190 MODE to STANDBY.
Slow ii - -
CDR I saw a lot of plankton blooming right
off the coast, right at Lima. There's a little off shore island
just off of Lima. And mixed in with the blooming -the green
blooming was some red. And I took some DAC of it and also
got some 191 data from it.
CC Great; thank you for the info.
PLT Okay, waiting for 04:27. Stand by.
PLT MARK. 04:27 EREP. START. 04:33, 190 MODE,
AUTO. Stand by.
PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO, READY light on.
04:45, waiting for 92 MODE to READY. Stand by.
CDR MARK. MODE, READY. RECORDER MALF light.
Changing speed and the MALF light is out. And I've got a green
light. Waiting for 05:30.
CDR Okay, it looks like we're coming in over
the an agriculture area up around Ascension. And we have
scattered clouds. And we're coming up on nadir swath time.
PLT Stand by -
CDR Crossing the Rio Parana now.
PLT MARK. 05:0, 192 MODE to CHECK.
CDR Okay, looks like we're starting to get
into the frontal weather now. A lot of stratocu down there
in this area. Must not be a very strong front.
PLT And waiting for 07:12.
CDR Coming up on 060 - 06:57, nadir swath time.
DAC is on. Lots of nice green ground - -
PLT 06:12, stand by -
PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM and then
to FAST.
CDR Crossing over the coastline, hardly a cloud
in sight.
SL-IV MC2541/2
Time: 15:01 CDT 72:20:01 GMT
1/26/74
PLT Okay, at 20:09 we need to start the SI

maneuver.
CDR Right.
PLT Okay. Past 8 minutes I should get a
READY out on my 190.
CDR Okay, now we're starting to get to some
clouds here.
PLT Okay, Jer, I didn't look at the pad. Do
I perform SI?
CDR No, I do.
PLT Okay. All right, I should - I do have
a READY out on S190.
CDR Okay, at 8:25 I terminate nadir swath and
initiate the solar inertial. Houston, I'm going to leave the
nadir swath going while I go do the solar inertial start
because I think we're Just getting into that front now.
PLT Stand by.
CDR The duration of 35 seconds - -
PLT MARK. 191 rate is 2 at 08:30.
CC Copy that, Jer, that's fine.
CDR Okay, coming up on solar inertial time.
Okay, going to solar inertial.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2542/I
Time: 15:09 CDT 72:20:09 GMT
1/26/74
CC Okay, very good. As a matter of info,

you might get a BAT CHARGE LOW CAUTION and WARNING, but it's
no problem.
CDR Okay, we got a BAT CHARGE LOW light -
alert light right now.
PLT Stand by for 09:30. And give me a VTS AUTO
CAL 09:30, Jerry.
CDR Will do her. Okay, I'm killing the DAC now.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK. VTS AUTO CAL.
CDR You got it. Okay, so essentially, the nadir
swath lasted an extra minute.
CDR Would you believe that lavic lake looked
just llke the picture?
PLT Yeah.
CDR I Just couldn't believe it. What a pleasant
surprise.
CC PLT, Houston. Bill, can you tell us what
the situation was with the tape recorder light that time?
Did - was it continuous, was it intermittent or what?
PLT Okay, on that 192 sequence, the first 192
sequence, the light was steady for a long period of time
after the change into 60 IPS. Then it started flickering and
very shortly thereafter, before I could even report the flicker-
ing, it went out and stay out oh, for i0 or 15 seconds. And,
however, on X sequence that operated normally.
CDR Well, you konw, it's done that me, too, and
I flipped open the cover of the tape recorder Just to looked
and then closed it up again. And, if it was running fast -
PLT Yes, well the - unless you get a RECORDER
MALF light, you assume that all you've done is maybe failed one
logic test, not both of them. And the malfunction procedures
say if you have a RECORDER MALF light and you still have a
READY light - excuse me - if yon lose the TAPE MOTION light,
and you still have a READY light, it's supposed to be working,
I think. Or maybe it's the RECORDER MALF and TAPE MOTION both
on; I don't know. It's just sort of Just the opposite of that.
CDR Yes, I was thinking, it seems to me that
RECORDER MALF light does - (garble)
PLT It, Just by itself means that the thing
is bad. If you got TAPE MOTION green light and the RECORDER
MALF light is on, you assume it's all right. What I had, I
had both lights out.
CDR Well, what I'm saying is the RECORDER
MALF light seems to me that has to do with whether or not there's
modulation on one of those two frequent - two channels_ doesn't
it?
PLT No, I thought they had _ had to do with
the speed, too.
CDR Yeah, it's a function of the speed. I'ii
have to look that up, I guess.
SL-IV MC2542/2
Time: 15:09 CDT 72:20:09 GMT
1/26/74
PLT Waiting for 12:30 - 12:10 _ excuse me.

And there we go. 191 READY light is ON; EREP to STOP. And I
will keep the door closed but go do the 192 realignment before
I do anything else. Okay. (garble)
CC Okay, we're about 30 seconds f_om LOS.
Next station contact is in about 18 minutes at Tananarive,
20:30.
PLT Okay, Crip. There's there's no reason
to leave all the rest of this stuff running and hold Jer up.
He can go ahead and clean up the 190 and all that. Right?
CC That's affirmative. And when we get to
the tape load, we're going to load that tape and tape recorder,
too. And I'ii talk to you over Tananarive about it.
PLT Okay.
CDR Okay.
PLT I bet it already had tape in it.
CDR It does.
CC It does.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS at tracking
ship Vanguard. Voice relay station at Tananarlve on the
island of MadaEascar in 16 minutes. Earth resources survey
completed Just before loss of signal at Vanguard. Commander
Jerry Carr reported seeing plankton blooming in the ocean off-
shore from Lima, Peru. We'll return in 16 minutes for Tana-
narive voice relay station. And at 20:13 Greenwich mean time,
this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2546/I
Time: 17:02 CDT 72:22:02 GMT
1/26/74

time. AOS tracking - as you were - voice relay station at
Tananarive in about 45 seconds. And hopefully, this since
it's almost an overhead pass, the equipment at Tananarive
will be able to lock onto Skylab. We're standing by for
Tananarive.
CC Skylab, got you through Tananarive for
7 minutes. Here's Dr. Sheely, and I'ii give the LOS call
here, so I won't have to interrupt you, it'll be Hawaii,
about 35 minutes after LOS at 22:48, We'll be looking to dump
the data/voice at Hawaii. Here's Dr. Sheely.
MCC Hello, Ed, we've got a lot of information
for you this time.
SPT Okay, Neil, go ahead.
MCC Okay, first of all, something that I wanted -
something that I wanted to get in for tomorrow's ops because
it involves the first operation of the day. That is the S052
operations in the first JOP 6 building block I tomorrow. They
would like you to run their secondary program for 6 minutes
after the 52 continuous mode. This is to give them additional
exposures for their film calibration. Okay, I barely heard
you, but I - I feel that you did get that information.
SPT (garble) hear you, can you hear me now?
MCC Pardon me?
SPT How do you read me now?
MCC You're still a little down -
SPT Can you hear me now?
MCC You're still a little down in the noise.
SPT Okay, I tried headset and speakers, so
it must be the comm.
CC I think we got a site problem, Ed.
MCC How - how are you reading us, Ed?
SPT Nell, I can hear you loud and clear, so
why don't you go ahead?
MCC Okay, I will. I'ii I'ii continue here.
82A has been doing a collaborative experiment with Mauna Loa
in Hawaii, and they have been using the coronagraph to observe
polar plumes. But they've been cloudy and their instrument
hasn't been working for several days now, so we got a call this
afternoon that they were successful today and we would like
to take a frame of 82A film to support their polar plume
observations. To compare the plumes in our data with their
data, and it's really nice that it occurred at the same time
that you're planning to study polar plumes. Therefore, the
next convenient chance whether it's been a building block 32
or in chip B of building block i at the end of the day,
we would like a 5400 roll - minus 5400. WAVELENGTH LONG,
exposure 2 minutes, if that's convenient.
SL-IV MC2546/2
Time: 17:02 CDT 72:22:02 GMT
1/26/74
SPT That'll be the first thing done next

orbit, Nell, we'll work it in.
MCC Okay, good. There's some other things
here. 55 has seen their yesterday's data, and I think you'll
be interested in it. Their oxygen Vl loops over the west limb
active regions was counts ranging from 75 to 100 in loop struc-
ture. That's what they saw last night, and in addition, they
got a surge in the same general area.
SPT Is that the one they were running unattended
on the anti - the active regions?
MCC That's correct. And they say that if
sometime or other you get a chance to use your cue cards for
grating position 0000, 0772, 1042 and 1654 grating positions,
that would perhaps give them useful information.
SPT Understand.
MCC Okay, to continue. If 82B test or special
procedure, which I admittedly don't understand very well and
which has been discussed the last few days is now on the pad
to be run tomorrow. Bill Lenoir's conference is prior to it.
Perhaps you would like for him to discuss it with you then.
SPT Yes, I'd like to see what comes up on the
pad -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2547/I
Time: 17:10 CDT 72:22:10 GMT
1/26/74
MCC Bill Lenoir's conference is prior to it.

Perhaps you would like for him to discuss it with you then.
SPT Yes, I would like to see what comes up
on the pad and then I'ii have the questions I think I'ii need.
MCC Okay. The pad will come up as usual
tomorrow according to the normal schedule.
MCC Finally, NOAA has some inputs as to present
activity.
MCC Okay, north three on the central meridian is
an emerging flux region giving absorbtion structures in H-alpha
plus or minus one angstrom. In addition the dark surges in
active region 34 running southeast northeast about 7 to
i0 degrees long. That's all I've got.
SPT What was it you mentioned before 34 Neil?
I think you dropped out.
MCC Okay, there is an emerging flux region at
north three on the central meridian. And it's showing
absorbtion structures in H-alpha that run out to plus or minus
one angstrom. This - I don't know if it's the same one that we
discussed earlier this morning or not, but that's for your infor-
mation.
SPT Okay, may well be.
MCC Now before I lose you. I want to say that
l've enjoyed talking to you and now I have a good contact with
you why don't you tell me what you have.
SPT Okay, Neil, I'ii try to keep you up to
speed on what we were doing this last orbit. We tried to
finish up the coronal hole observation. And Dick managed
to get done what I had intended. Although the setup
again took a little bit longer than anticipated. We did get
four GRATING AUTO SCANS done inside the coronal hole with
the oxygen Vl count of around 100 - 120 and magnesium X down
around 6. It's con - convinced we're right in - pretty
close to the center of the coronal hole itself. Then we got
one outside where the oxygen VI was up around 200, magnesium
X, 30 or 40 which is essentially there background outside. And
then 2 MIRROR AUTO RASTERS one down to line 40 at GRATING
POSITION of all balls, and one at 772, which we got down to
line 30 before 400 K. So I think we got in all the intent
of what they had there, and I - it ought to be some good data.
Although, it was taken at a little more rapid manner than
I like.
MCC One more thing that I forgot to say. The
Mauna Loa data was done in the South Pole in case for collabor-
ation with the 82B operations in the next orbit.
SPT Okay, that's what I have lined up for
the next orbit is a building block 2 to start off with in order
SL-IV MC2547/2
Time: 17:10 CDT 72:22:10 GMT
1/26/74
to get the extra standard mode in there. And while we're

doing that we'll give away my LONG - 2 minutes for 82A
and then go on down to the South Pole and look for blooms.
MCC Wonderful.
CC Okay, we're going LOS here. See you in
Hawaii 35 minutes.
SPT Okay Story. Other things that were done
on this past orbit were 54 and 56 both got 36-minute exposures,
54 and filter 5.
MCC Very good Ed, it's nice talking with
you. I'ii still be around if you need me for a while.
SPT I enjoyed it too Nell. Have fun down
there.
MCC Okay, you too.
PAO This is Skylab Control, final LOS for
today through voice relay station at Tananarive. Dr. Bill
Lenoir handed over this science conference pass to Dr. Neil
Sheeley, that's S-H-E-E-L-E-Y, who is the co-Prlnclpal
Investigator on the S082A ultraviolet coronal spectroheliograph
instrument of the ATM. Dr Sheeley is with the Naval Research
Laboratory and is acting as planning chairman or czar on some
of the special activities with S082A. We'll be back in
32 minutes for tracking station Hawaii at 22:16 Greenwich
mean time. This is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2548/I
TIME: 17:47 CDT, 72:22:47 GMT
1/26/74
PAO Skylab Control, 22:47 Greenwich mean time.

Tracking station Hawaii upcoming in about 50 seconds. Nearing
the end of revolution 3715 for space station Skylab. Standing
by for AOS, Hawaii.
CC Skylab, A0S through Hawaii for 8 minutes
be dumping the data/voice here.
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS, about
22 minuteS to the Vanguard at 23:18.
PAO Skylab Control. Loss of signal at Hawaii.
Very little conversation there, except for AOS and LOS calls
from the Spacecraft Communicator Story Musgrave. 19 minutes to
tracking ship Vanguard. And at 22:59 Greenwich mean time,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2549/I
TIME: 18:17 CDT, 72:23:17 GMT
1/26/74

Tracking ship Vanguard will acquire space station Skylab in
about 45 seconds. From Vanguard there will be almost an
hour LOS period until Hawaii again in this REV. Groundtrack
misses Ascension and Tananarive and Guam. Standing by for
AOS Vanguard.
CC Skylab, AOS through the Vanguard for
9 minutes. Jer, Houston.
CDR Go ahead, Story.
CC Have you changed out the EREP tape yet, Jet?
CDR Negative, Story, Just had my shower.
CC press on with the shower. And we'll have some
more words for you later on changing out those tapes so just
hold on till we get those up to you.
CDR Okay, well I finished my shower. If you
got words go ahead. Go ahead, Story, I finished my shower.
I'm all ready to copy.
CC Okay, we're still working on those procedures
Jer.
CDR Okay.
CC But, while I got you Jer, the only permanent
general messages we could scratch is number 26, that's the
comet sketches.
CDR Good, okay, I was just kidding.
CC No, we were working on getting you all we
could.
CDR Well, it sure is getting kind of full.
CC Bet it is and you got a phone call at the
Vanguard at 00:56 and it's the RIGHT.
CDR 00:56, RIGHT ANTENNA.
CC And you're going to have to give the
status report with your other mouth. That's also going to
be 00:56, you can give those - give that one to one of your
friends.
CDR Okay, why don't I read it to my wife and
have her call you.
CC ThatVs satisfactory also.
CDR Don't think it would be with her.
CC Jerry, Houston, I got that EREP tape change-
out procedure for you.
CDR Okay, go ahead.
CC Okay, on loading tape T38 on tape recorder 2,
do the tape recorder cleaning per your odds and ends cue card
and per that permanent general message 6855 Alfa, that's the
one about that has the EREP swab and alcohol.
CDR Okay.
SL-IV MC2549/2
TIME: 18:17 CDT, 72:23:17 GMT
1/26/74
CC And you can use one swab for every roller.

CDR Will do.
CC And the rest of this concerns that
i0 feet of opaque tape, do the tape loading per odds and ends
cue card but make sure that S192 remains in STANDBY until you
got that i0 feet of lapping film has been pulled past the
heads. And I know you don't have the cue card down there
but when you get on down to EREP system start after that and
you have the tape moving, don't go to S192 mode ready until
you get that i0 feet of opaque tape past the heads.
CC And if the tape recorder fails to operate
and you get an END OF TAPE light comes on, if you'll take an
opaque piece of abhesive tape and cover up the photosensor
hole and then move that opaque tape past the heads and after
you get it past the head go ahead and remove the opaque tape.
CDR Okay.
CC And that's it, we're going over the hill
here and we'll see you in Hawaii at 00:25, that's about
an hour.
CDR Roger.
CC And the Flight Plans are on board, Jer.
CDR Thank you.
PAO Skylab Control. Loss of signal - loss
of signal through tracking ship Vanguard. Next station will
be tracking station Hawaii for the final time. That'll be
56 minutes from now. We'll return at that time. This is
Skylab Control at 23:28 Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2543/I
TIME: 15:29 CDT, 72:20:29 GMT
1/26/74

mean time. Acquisition through voice relay station at
Tananarive on the Island of Madagasca_ in some 50 seconds.
This pass about 4-1/2 minutes long across Tananarive. The
crew at this time are powering down and stowing the Earth
resources experiment package or EREP equipment and likely
won't have too much to say here at Tananarive, but we'll
stand by for this pass starting in about 13 seconds.
PAO COMTECH at Tananarive reports no acqulsiton
of signal of Skylab at this time. They're attempting to
lock on out there in Tananarive.
PAO Skylab Control, no Joy at AOS at Tananarlve
the COMTECH out there reported a total of 13 seconds at very
low signal strength. Elevation angle was quite low to the
southeast of that station which is frequently fairly marginal.
Next station, Goldstone in 42 minutes. We'll return at that
time, and at 20:35 Greenwich mean time, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2544/I
TIME: 16:16 CDT, 72:21:16 GMT
1/26/74

mean time. Except for the upcoming ATM conference with
scientist Astronaut _Lenoir and Science Pilot Ed Gibson
for Skylab, which is scheduled for Tananarive on this upcoming
revolution, the rest of today's Flight Plan is relaxed, off-
duty period. Crew option for reading, taking a nap, looking
out the window, whatever they choose to do. We're about
i0 seconds now away from acquisition at Goldstone, final
stateside pass of the day. And at sometime after Goldstone
LOS of signal, Flight Director Don Puddy will come on the
broadcast line with a summary of today's activities in lieu
of the press conference.
CC Good evening Skylab, got you through
Goldstone for 4 minutes.
CDR Hi, Story, the short course in gyroscopes
is on the TV now if you to get it off this pass.
CC Okay, thanks Jer.
CC Jerry, we dropped out there for awhile,
I guess we owe you some things on the tape recorders and the
tapes.
CDR Yes sir, go ahead, we're going to exercise
first and then later on this afernoon, we'll take care of all
of that.
CC Okay, do you want to copy that now?
CDR Sure, go ahead.
CC Okay, take tape 25 out of tape recorder i,
you've probably already done it and it goes in command module A-9.
CDR Okay, we had not done it because there was
nothing about tape depletion in the pad. We were kind of
wondering what you had up your sleeve.
CC Okay, go ahead and do that, tape recorder
25 out of tape recorder 1 and put in command module A-9.
Tape 38, that's T-38, take off all the lapping tape, except
10-feet and put it in tape recorder 2 after cleaning tape
recoder 2.
PLT Story, tape recorder 2, I thought was
already loaded.
CC It is and we're going to unload it, that
comes next here.
PLT Go ahead.
CC Okay, T-31, tape T-31 is presently in tape
recorder 2, put it in M-130. And finally tape T-7 that you'll
find in hI30 put it in tape recorder i.
CDR Okay, let's see if I got it straight now.
Tape 25 goes to A-9, tape 38, we're to remove all but i0 feet of
the first part of that gray tape and put it in tape recorder 2,
tape 31 comes out of 2 and goes into M-130, tape number 7 goes
SL-IV MC2544/2
TIME: 16:16 CDT, 72:21:16 GMT
1/26/74
from M-30 - 130 to tape recorder i.

CC That's all correct.
CDR Okay.
CC And Jer, you don't have to measure that
tape, about 2 arms lengths will be fine.
CDR Okay.
CC Who's up in the STS right now?
CDR Ed's up there making like a solar physicist.
CC Okay, Ed would you like to make like an
engineer right now?
SPT I can hold on for i minute Story.
Engineer it up.
CC Okay, REG ADJUST, both BUS i and BUS 2
like 45 degrees counterclockwise. And we're about i0 seconds
to LOS here, we'll see you over the Vanguard at 21:39. It's
about 18 minutes and we'll be intending to dump the data/voice
there.
CDR Which VTR did we use. Story?
CC We'll let you know and Ed, we're not showing
any detectors on S055. And going over the hill, you got
15 minutes left on the VTR.
through for the final time this afternoon through tracking station
Goldstone. Tracking ship Vanguard in 16 minutes. At 21:23
Greenwich mean time, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2545/I
Time: 16:38 CDT 72:21:38 GMT
1/26/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. 21:38 Greenwich

mean time. Acquisition of space station Skylab through track-
ing ship Vanguard in about 50 seconds. Balance of today off-
duty for the crew except for Ed Gibson's conference with
Scientist Astronaut Dr. Bill Lenoir coming up at Tananarive,
next station after Vanguard. Starting to get data now through
the Vanguard tracking ship, and we're standing by.
CC Skylab, we're back with you through the
Vanguard for i0 minutes.
CDR Roger, Story.
CC Jer, is anybody using the tape recorder
now?
CDR The light's not on.
CC Okay, we'll dump it here.
CDR Okay.
CC Ed, Houston.
SPT Go ahead.
CC REG BUS 2, could you reach over there and
give us 5 more degrees counterclockwise?
SPT You got it.
CC Thanks.
CC Ed, Houston.
CC Right, REG BUS 2, counterclockwise i0
degrees.
SPT How does that look, Story?
CC We're looking.
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS, about 15
minutes to Tananarive. Ed, your ATM conference will be coming
up with Dr. Sheely at that time. Your REG BUSes are looking
good. And you may get a small CMG reset at the end of the dump.
Your next nightside pass - we're predicting if it happens
maybe about a utilization of 3 mibs.
SPT Thank you, Story.
of tracking ship Vanguard. 12 minutes to next station - voice
relay station at Tananarive. Scheduled at Tananarive is the
ATM conference between Science Pilot Ed Gibson and Bill
Lenoir here in Mission Control. Standing by here on the broad-
cast line is off-going Flight Director Don Puddy with a review
of today's activities aboard Skylab. Don?
PUDDY Okay, I'll keep this fairly brief as today
was a crew day off. Howe - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2550/I
TIME: 19:24 CDT, 73:00:24 GMT
1/26/74
PAO This is Skylab Control, 24 minutes past

midnight Greenwich mean time. Final pass through Hawaii
tracking station in about 50 seconds. And we're standing by.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Hello, Jer got you through Hawaii for
7 minutes.
CDR Okay, I've got an evening status report
for you now and Bill will have a photo for you shortly.
CC Okay, stand by while I get people cranked
up.
CC Okay, we're ready for the evening status.
CDR Okay,, Sleep: CDR, 6.5, 6.5 heavy; SPT,
10.5, i0 heavy, 5.5 light; PLT, 8.5, 6 heavy, 2.5 light. No
volumes today. Water gun: 8841; 4853; 1528. Body mass: 6.312,
6.311, 6.312; 6.361 6.367, 6.360; 6.260, 6.256, 6.259. Exercise:
standard for everybody, no change. Medications: CDR, none; SPT,
none; PLT, three Aetifed as directed. Clothing: CDR, shorts,
socks and shirts; SPT, shorts, socks and T-shirt; PLT, shorts,
and socks. Food log: CDR, zero salt, plus one lemonade,
plus one Apollo grape punch, plus pears, plus ketchup,
rehydration water, plus 1.0; SPT, zero salt, plus strawberries,
plus two lemonades, plus a grape drink, plus peaches the
grape drink's an Apollo drink - and rehydration water; PLT,
zero salt, one tuna, plus one coffee with sugar, plus peaches,
plus green beans, rehydration water, zero, and the tuna is
plus one tuna. Okay, Flight plan deviations: Well, yeah
there is one, that is, the tape the EREP tape recorder
has been delayed and we're going to get that one after we've
finished up dinner and got things cleaned up. Shopping llst
accomplishments: TV-104 repeat, 1-1/2 hours, TV-107 add on,
2-1/2 hours, 7 ATM passes. Inoperable equipment: none. Un-
scheduled stowage: none. And by the way Story, did both of
those TVs eome down okay?
CC We'll get you an answer Jer.
PLT Okay, Story tell me when you're ready
to copy the photo log.
CC Okay, we're ready, Bill.
PLT Roger, 16-millimeter; EREP VTS, Charlie
Lima 12, 72 percent. Nikon: Nikon 01, Charlie X-ray 43, 18;
Nikon 03, Charlie India 115, 55; Nikon 02, 04, and 05, no change.
70-millimeter; Charlie X-ray 18, count is 106, ETC, Charlie
India 12, 067; EREP Set Zulu, 0577, 2755, 0302, 9660, 1431,
0368. Drawer A configuration: no change.
CC Okay.
CDR Story pass the word to the Earth obs
people that we did not get a lot of the photos done that we
usually do on our day off we kind of made this the
SL-IV MC2550/2
TIME: 19:24 CDT, 73:00:24 GMT
1/26/74
TV day to try to clean up some of the backlog in that area

at least two of them anyway. And we'll try to do better for
them as the week progresses.
CC Okay, Jer, and we do have 107 and 77
down and we haventt dumped the other yet.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2551/I
Time: 19:30 CDT, 73:00:30 GMT
1/26/74
CDR We'll try to do better for them as the

week progresses.
CC Okay, Jer, and we do have 107 and 77 down
and we haven't dumped the other yet.
CDR Roger.
CC Bill, Houston.
PLT Go.
CC We haven't seen the M509-5 F-5 Alfa
started yet. I've got a - I can read you a couple of switch
positions which will get that started and save you a little
time.
PLT Okay, go ahead.
CC Okay, it's on page 23-3 of the SWS Systems,
but it is on the - the atmospheric panel - AM FILL, PRIMARY and
SECONDARY switches, two of them to OPEN, and 02 FILL, PRIMARY
and SECONDARY switches, two to OPEN.
CDR Okay, he's on his way to do it.
CC Yes, that's in the Maneuvering Experiments
Checklist.
CDR Roger.
CC And, Jer, did you get those photos of the
BMMD and SMMD today?
CDR No, not yet, Story.
CC Okay.
CDR I'm carrying them around in my hip pocket
shopping list, though.
CC Okay.
PLT Okay, Story, that's complete.
CC Okay, Bill, and about an hour from now
we can do the Bravo to that. It's just going back to COMMAND
on those switches.
PLT Rog, understand.
CC And we're 20 seconds - we're 20 seconds
to LOS here. We'll see you over the Vanguard at about 00:56.
Your call's coming up there, Jet, and it's a RIGHT. And you
might get out your EREP odds and ends cue card and let us know
if you've got any problems. At the Vanguard, we can give you
some answers.
CDR Okay, Story.
PAO This is Skylab Control. Loss of signal at
Hawaii. Next station tracking ship Vanguard. Evening status
report was originally scheduled on today's Flight Plan to take
place at the Vanguard on the upcoming pass, however, at crew
option, they moved it back one pass to Hawaii. Commander Jerry
Carr has a family call scheduled at Vanguard. At 34 minutes past
midnight, returning in 22 minutes for tracking ship Vanguard,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2552/I
Time: 19:55 CDT ?3:00:55 GMT
1/26/74
PAO This is Skylab Control. 55 minutes past

midnight Greenwich mean time. Tracking ship Vanguard will
acquire the space station Skylab in about 45 seconds. Next
station after Vanguard will be Ascension, at which the medical
conference is scheduled. Therefore_ next llve station after
Vanguard here will be an extremely brief pass at Guam of only
3-1/2 minutes on the next revolution, i0 seconds to AOS
Vanguard and standing by.
CC Skylab, AOS through the Vanguard for
9 minutes. Be dumping the data/voice here.
SPT Hello, Story; how do you read?
CC I read you loud and clear, Ed.
SPT Okay, we've got a purge going here
and it makes a lot of noise in the background. I didn't know
whether it was picking it up. Let me Just quickly tell you
where we stand in the ATM ops. The last orbit, that's previous
to this, we looked at the polar plumes and tried to find some
in oxygen Vl and later in this - earlier in this orbit I tried
to find them in magnesium X and - with no luck either way, both
the north and the south pole. So I looked at a prominence which
is at around ii0 and sticks about 80 are seconds above the
limb with a linear feature declined about 20 degrees towards
the south, and was fairly bright in oxygen VI, maybe 150 counts,
50 to 40 out. I worked it with 5 - 82B last orbit. But I
didn't really have the time to do the JOP satisfactorily.
I couldn't give them any comparative spectra; so they got a
WAVELENGTH, SHORT and a WAVELENGTH, LONG. At about 15 minutes
let me get my notes here, and I'ii give you the exact. No, it
was shorter than that. One was 8 and one was 7 because we Just
flat ran out of time. So this orbit I've come back and
giving them a fairly long exposure on it - one at - Now I've lost
my place; I lost my whole book. Hold on.
CC Okay.
SPT Yeah, first one was WAVELENGTH, SHORT 16
minutes and the second one was 17 minutes and that's completely
removed from the prominence, although at the same altitude.
I Just rotated above Sun center. 55 got a GRATIKG, AUTO
SCAN at the brightest point in the prominence, which surprisingly
enough, in oxygen Vl showed up quite well. So I'm not really
sure what - what the nature of that is that we're looking at.
I have to think about it a little bit more. They got three
GRATING, AUTO SCANs there and a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, and now
just getting a series of MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs where we are.
And 56, SINGLE FRAMES 5, 17 minutes and SINGLE FRAME 4, about
18 minutes. Next orbit I'ii pick up essentially building
block IB and let the two X-ray instruments run for the full
orbit, for exceptionally long exposures - SINGLE FRAMES 5 on
56. And 54, if they're willing, I'ii let them run for the
whole orbit also, which is essentailly one of their shopping
SL-IV MC2552/2
Time: 19:55 CDT 73:00:55 GMT
1/26/74
list items. That's in execution of lB. I don't think it's

necessary to do IA since 82A is not running. And 56, (garble)
NORMAL, which I believe they _ust as soon have the long ex-
posure. If 52 wants a CONTINUOUS MODE for I minute with a
ROLL of 1080, I can give that to them. I'm not sure whether
that's the type of data they're really after; however, I'd
be glad to give it to them at the beginning of the orbit
if that's what they desire. And 54 also, if they'd like a
M, 2, 0, 5, 256 at the beginning of the orbit, I'ii be glad
to give that to them also. But I thought that first part was
designed primarily for 82A which is a mini.
CC Okay. And we've got about four things
for you, Ed.
CC Okay, Just a reminder to run M133 tonight,
SPT (garble)
CC And on TVI03, that's the liquid films,
are you perfor - performance was really superb, and as far
as we are thinking down here, you're probably complete on
that, although you mentioned you might run some more. We
suggest proceeding on to some of the other science demos that
are in the shopping list rather than TV-103. And if we take
up some time later, we can get back to it.
SPT Story, I'm glad to hear all that good stuff
about me doing i03, but I never went near _t, I think it was
probably Jerry.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2529/3
Time: 11:02 CDT, 72:16:02 GMT
1/26/74

16 hours 8 minutes. Loss of signal through Guam as Bill Shoddy
and mission scientist Bob Parker continued the weekly science
conference. Bill Snoddy of the Marshal Space Flight Center
discussing Kohoutek plans. He indicated he'd give the report
on Pioneer to the crew on the next station. Next acquisition
will be through Hawaii in 4 minutes and 50 seconds. At Green-
wich mean time 16 hours and 8 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
MCC Okay. We're back with you now.
SPT Okay. Go ahead, Bill.
MCC Okay, fine. I thought I'd mention that
Jesse (?) Greenstein (?) on January 13 and 14 for the series
of measurements at the 200-inch at Mount Palomar reported
measuring more than 200 lines previously unseen in the mission.
These were all normal wavelengths greater than 60-some - hundred
angstroms. And also he reported that, for the first time, that
he had made a series of measurements of prior to perihelion on
four separate occasions. He did imagery at i0 emision wavelengths.
So it'd be interesting to compare his results with the stuff you
guys have been getting. Lonnie Lane from headquarters, and also
from JPL, is out at Montaquilla (?) this week with the - at the
88-inch telescope out there making measurements down in the near UV,
getting down hopefully almost to OH and using image - (garble)
on the spectragraph, that's 2-day focus. One of the most interesting
results that we have is Mariner X. This is the Mariner that was
launched after you fellows were - that one that's going to Venus and
Mercury. It - the comet came into it's field of view on January 17
and they began a series of observations, in the UV wavelengths.
In Lyman-alpha, for example, they were able to get good data
out to 4 degrees in front of the - in the solar direction away
from the nucleus and up to 12 degrees in the antisolar direction.
So that Lyman-alpha payload is indeed quite extensive. They
also measured emissions at other wavelengths going all the
way down possibly to as low as 430 angstroms.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2530/I
Time: 11:14 CDT 72:16:14 GMT
01/26/74
MCC that the comet came into its field of

view on January 17 and they began a series of observations in
the UV wavelengths. At Lyman-alpha, for example, they were able
to get good data out to 4 degrees in front of - in the solar
direction away from the egress and up to 12 degrees in the
antisolar direction. So that Lyman-alpha payload is indeed
quite extensive. They also measured emission at other
wavelengths, going all the way down possibly to as low as
430 angstroms. They also are getting TV images of the comet
and sending them down and these images are together with
the images that we're getting here from the ground will give
us a three dimensional look at the way this thing really
appears, and that should be quite interesting. The other
thing I wanted to mention is Copernicus. Let me -
- CC I just wanted - we're going LOS shortly
here and we'll have you again at Goldstone in 9 minutes and
Bill can go ahead and continue there.
MCC Okay, I'm about to wind up but Copernicus,
the OAD-III will start their observations on January the 29th,
mission day 75. They'll be doing some really high resolution
spectrograms and they'll be doing a series of observations on
each day they observe. They'll be looking at the nucleus
and then ahead of it, behind it, and back in the tail and
so forth. Be looking at the Lyman-alpha wavelengths at
$201 and the OH wavelengths also, which is tie in with S063
and S183. I guess the only thing I might mention is that
we've tried to make first cut (garble) illustrations based
on your sketches and your comments that you sent down and
we'll be interested to let you look at them when you get
back and see if we can work on them again and try to get it
as accurately as possible.
SPT (Garble) if you do get another shot at
it appreciate - what the people are learning. In other words
(garble) together and (garble) conclusion (garble).
MCC Okay, I'm having trouble reading you
there. Say, closely mentioning is these one other - curious
as to what was wrong with the comet. This was put out by Art
Buchwald. He claims he checked and found out that it was actually
recalled by the manufacturer for repair. Seems like it had
a faulty tail and a bad paint job, he said. That's probably
about as good as I've heard so far, I think (Laughter) So as
you can see with these Copernicus and Mariner things beginning
now we are anxious to get these last corollary measurements in
so we have this overlap with them, and so we have a continuous
history from the time you fellas went up. Copernicus, I believe,
will continue for quite a while longer, so I think scientifically
we're doing great. Sure appreciate all your help.
SPT Okay, Bill. Thank you very much for the
information and I'm sure glad we got the real good wrap-up
SL-IV MC-2530/2
Time: 11:14 CDT 72:16:14 GMT
01/26/74
from Dr. Buchwald, there. That really clears things up.

MCC Roger.
16 hours 18 minutes with loss of signal through Hawaii.
Next acquisition will be Goldstone in 5 minutes. Conclusion
of the Kohoutek conference with Bill Snoddy. Next portion of
the science conference is - comes at Greenwich mean time
17 hours 22 minutes through Carnarvon with Science Astronaut
Dr. Story Musgrave. Next acquisition in 4 minutes 40 seconds
will be Goldstone. At Greenwich mean time 16 hours 19 minutes,
CC Skylab, Houston, AOS Goldstone 5 -1/2
minutes.
CC And, for all of you, we have had to
scrub the scrub the laser due to weather at Goddard, so you
can forget about that at 16:24 on your details.
CDR Roger, Crip.
MCC Ed, this is Nell. If you've got a moment,
or are you right in the middle of the JOP 15?
SPT I just started it, Nell, but go ahead.
MCC Okay, it's probably too late, but Harvard
was going to ask you to peak up oxygen VI on the network
boundary somewhere in the hole, so that they got higher
signal in the chromospheric Lyman continua. But, maybe you've
done it already and it's too late.
SPT No, I haven't, and would you please say
that again, please.
MCC They give - like in the all balls
position in oxygen VI, that is detector 3, peak it up,
so that wherever you're pointed in the coronal hole you get
a good signal, like you'll be on a network boundary somewhere
in the hole, the chromospheric network boundary. That way
the Lyman continua will be as bright as possible and they
get better statistics in their measurements.
SPT (Garble) Okay. That's so that during the
grating auto scan they'll pick up a max. Okay.
MCC That's right.
CC Skylab, Houston. LOS in i minute, we'll
see you again in 2 minutes over Texas.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're back with you
once more, 12 minutes.
CC And, we'll be doing a data/voice recorder
dump there.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2531/I
TIME: 11:31 CDT, 72:16:31 GMT
1/26/74
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about a minute

and 15 seconds from LOS. The next station contact is
Ascension in i0 minutes. We see somebody's using the recorder
and the tape's just about full, so but since we didn't
get to dump it we'd like to go ahead and redesignate it. And
we'll need you to stop recording for a minute while we do
that.
CC Skylab, Houston. Can we get somebody
to confirm we'll be redesignating the recorder?
PLT Okay, Crip, go ahead. Tell me when you're
ready.
CC Okay, Skylab, she belongs to you again
as we go over the hill.
16 hours 44 minutes with loss of signal through Bermuda. Next
acquisition in 7 minutes 45 seconds a 6 minute pass through
Ascension. At the beginning of the Skylab-IV mission the
crew had the option of taking photographs and visually
observing more than i00 selected sites around the world for
what is referred to as the visual observation program. A plan
whereby the crew was given optional photography to make
each day and describe the view out the window and at the same
time taking photographs. In the last i0 days the crew has
accomplished 128 of these various optional photographic and
visual observation programs, most of which was done on mission
day 19, where the crew took 27 separate targets around the
globe. These included - in the last l0 days these included
weather formations, atmospheric formations, repeated photo-
graphs and descriptions of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and ice
buildup in that area, including oil fires in Algeria, photos
of southwest Iran, photos of the Swiss Alps, mountains in
outer Mongolia, photographs of selected cities in Japan,
as well as a - photographs of the Connecticut River area in
New England where ice damage in the Connecticut and Marrimack
rivers. The 100 task sites selected at the start of the
mission have increased to 160. These additional 60 were
added to the program during the mission. More than likely
the crew will come back with photographs of parts of the
world never before photographed from space. Next acquisition
in 5 minutes and 40 seconds through Ascension. At Greenwich
mean time 16 hours and 46 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
16 hours 50 minutes. Acquisition coming through Ascension,
a 5 minute pass. We'll bring the line up for CAP COMM Bob
Crippen.
SL-IV MC2531/2
TIME: 11:31 CDT, 72:16:31 GMT
1/26/74
CC Skylab, Houston; AOS Ascension 5-1/2

minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip.
SPT Say, Nell, were they also expected to
be peaked in magnesium X at that io - at that location where
we have peak as much as VI out of chromospheric network boundary
in the hole?
CC Was that a ques - -
CC No.
SPT I think it is, but I'm not sure whether we're
really looking at a coronal hole in that case.
MCC We do not expect it. If it were it would
be just a minor thing and would be almost a coincidence.
MCC It may be a bright point.
MCC Ed, the idea was to be on something that's
bright in the chromosphere, but not the corona. Therefore,
bright in the chromospheric lines but not magnesium X.
SPT Yeah, okay, Neil. I understand the
object and the problem is with the displays you have available
to us, and the time it takes to take a couple of laps around
the grating is to chan - it up the whole orbit.
MCC Okay.
MCC (Garble) recommended trying your H-alpha
monitor for determining where the network is.
SPT Yeah, that was done, Neil, but it didn't
coincide. I could not see any real strong peaks where I saw
network, except for this one location which was also very
relatively high in magnesium X.
MCC Okay.
MCC I guess it's up to you to use your own
judgment now, although 55 says just use the H-alpha and go
whether than to use up any more time.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're i minute from LOS.
Next station contact 25-1/2 minutes through Carnarvon at 17:22_
17:22. And Story's standing by to talk to you a little about
medical science there.
58 minutes, loss of signal through Ascension. Next acquisition
in 23 minutes and 50 seconds will be through Carnarvon, a i0
minute pass during which time Dr. Story Musgrave will discuss
medical experiments with the crew during the - today's science
conference. Next acquisition in 23 minutes 30 seconds. At
Greenwich mean time 16 hours 58 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2532/I
Time: 12:20 CDT 72:17:20 GMT
01/26/74

17 hours 21 minutes. Acquisition coming through Carnarvon,
with the final phase of the - today's science conference.
Astronaut Dr. Story Musgrave will discuss with the crew the
medical experiments.
MCC Skylab, we got you through Carnarvon
for i0 minutes.
CDR Story, can you tell how much VTR time
is left?
MCC Stand by i. You got 13 minutes.
CDR Thank you, Story.
SPT Hello, Story, go ahead.
MCC Okay, Ed, and I've got some on M133,
some total accumulated data here on sleep on the CDR and
the PLT. From their report, even though they haven't had
the good fortune of being able to participate in the experi-
ment.
SPT They've been trying to russle that cap
away from me every night, but I hold on.
CC I bet they have, but you're doing a good
job. Okay, in terms of average total sleep, Jer's been
running 6.9 hours and Bill's been also running 6.9 hours and
according to your reports, exclusive of your M133 data,
you've been running a total sleep of 7.2 hours. In terms
of M133 data, you've shown an increase of about i hour in
both your total rest and total sleep. Moving on up to where
we are from day 19.
SPT Okay.
MCC The only other significant thing in terms
of the percentage of time spent in each stages, that you've
moved more, you've increased more in stage 3 and 4 and shown
a corosponding decrease in stage 2 from your preflight base-
line. There's been no change at all in your percentage of
REM sleep.
SPT Okay. That's a pretty much variable
time to time. I suspect the last few weeks or so would
have been the reverse of that.
MCC Okay, and in terms of total sleep, you're
averaging just about 0.2 hours less than you were preflight.
Owen, on SL-III, he increased his total sleep by a plus 0.2
hours. And_ Joe on his mission, he decreased his total
amount of sleep about an hour. So that's comparison between
your mission and the other two.
SPT Okay, I think you could probably decrease
it significantly for a short period of time but not over the
long haul.
MCC Yeah, we agree with that, and one other
thing here we've seen post flight and that is the tremendous
increase in the amount of REM sleep post flight and that
SL-IV MC-2532/2
Time: 12:20 CDT 72:17:20 GMT
01/26/74
goes on up to even 7 days after recovery.

SPT Okay.
MCC And this is possibly due to a deprivation
of REM sleep the last couple of days before coming home. Or
possibly some effect of the read readaption to 1 g.
SPT Okay, Story. I'd like to know what the
protocol is, not right now, but whenever you get the chance
for post mission on this.
MCC Okay, I'll get it to you present I think
the last inflight measurement is mission day 82.
SPT Thank you.
MCC The M093, I don't have a lot of data
for you, but it is an experiment in which you have no onboard
data. Again, we've seen slight changes in the PR interval
and slight changes in the QRS, a widening of the QRS, but
no significant changes in the vectors and no significant
(garble) an occasional PVC during MI71, but really nothing
significant.
SPT Very good.
MCC Okay, and the MI71. There's been really
no change in the resting and exercise heart rate, the systolic
blood pressure, in the (garble) they're all pretty much right
on the preflight baseline, for all people. We have seen for
all crewmen a decrease recovery heart rate and of course this
would indicate a slight increase in fitness.
SPT Yeah, I suspect that'll be true here, Story.
MCC Okay, we've also seen a decreased diastolic
blood pressure during the exercise of both Jer and Bill, and
I don't know what the significance of that is in terms of
fitness or effeciency.
SPT Okay.
MCC And, also Bill has shown a slight decrease
in his (garble). He's getting the same amount of work done for a
little bit a little bit less oxygen and this may also be an
increase in efficiency.
MCC The vital capacity measurements after
showing a - a pretty significant trend down, it decreased
around 8 to i0 percent for all three crewmen. Is tending to
be trending up toward the toward the baseline, not the
last time that you ran them.
SPT Yeah, I think that's Just the zero g
effect and has nothing to do with the lungs themselves.
MCC Yeah, it's probably just a shift in the
You shift up fluid up into the chest out of the limbs, that'll
decrease the amount of air that you can bring into the chest
and possibly with a readaption and loosing some of that fluid
you gain some of it back. That might be one explanation.
SPT Why don't you have some subject down on the
ground stand on his head and see whether his vital capacity
changes?
SL-IV MC-2532/3
Time: 12:20 CDT 72:17:20 GMT
01/26/74
MCC We've already done that, both on the

head and lying down and we see those kind of changes.
SPT Okay.
MCC And, you can see the same changes with
lower body negative pressure or something like that, where
you bring the fluid out your - you do tend to gain a little
bit in the vital capacity.
SPT Sounds like it fits.
MCC Got a proposal here for you, you might
be interested in doing and that's on your tread mill exercise.
Try doing that hands off and also possibly when you're good
and secure try to do a little bit with the eyes closed. Try
to build up your balance, so when you get back down here to
Earth and you have to walk around, this may be a way of
improving your balance when you get back here.
SPT Yep, thinking about that and maybe also
a little work on the dome lockers might help.
CDR Bill and I have been doing all of our
treadmill work with no hands, so we're in pretty good shape
there although we haven't tried the eyes closed bit.
MCC There were a few groans here particularly
form the GNS when the dome locker thing was proposed.
SPT I thought I'd hear those from all the
way up here.
MCC In fact we saw a little twinge there in
CMG-2, he didn't know what to think about that either.
MCC The MI51 people haven't been able to get
your - the photographs back yet but from voice data supplied
by you and by telemetry when the experiments were started and
finished they do have some things for you. Again, as I
mentioned previously, you better your best preflight time
by your second inflight performance.
SPT Okay.
MCC There was some variability in the data
up until about mission day 30, then it became very steady
and has been in a consistent decreasing trend in the time it
takes to do things, even up til the present date. Anytime
the times were - were boosted up anytime you took longer
than expected it turns out it was the add on type DTOs,
such as limb blood flow and the leg blood pressure measurements
and these sorts of things, which you didn't have long training
periods on.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2533/I
TIME: 12:30 CDT, 72:17:30 GMT
1/26/74
CC The MI51 people haven't been able to get

your - the photographs back yet, but from voice data supplied
by you and by telemetry when experiments were started and
finished they do have some things for you. Again, as I
mentioned previously, your better - your best preflight time
by your second inflight performance.
SPT Okay.
CC There was some variability in the data
up until about mission day 30, then it became very steady
and it's been a consistent decreasing trend in the time it
takes to do things even up to the present date. Anytime the
times were - were boosted up anytime you took longer than
expected it turns out it was the add-on type DTO, such as limb-
blood flow and the leg blood pressure measurements and these sorts
of things which you didn't have long training periods on.
SPT Yeah, I'm sure that was true the first
30 days.
CC And now, there's no significant difference
in - between the - your getting the job done and the times
and also the quality and all between your own mission and
SL-III, the data looks very comparable. MISI people have got
a question for you here. They'd like to know about what point
in the mission you felt completely adapted to zero g, not in
terms of the vestibular system but in terms of when you thought
you had a complete handle on operating in zero g enviornment and
when it was no longer a constraint in your getting the job done?
SPT Story, for me I would say after the first
week or so even though, I became very much more proficient after
that. However, I think all of our proficiencies in operating in
zero g depend quite a bit on the time line and how much (garble0
mental effort you can really put into trying to do the job
effieently rather than just pass.
CC Yeah, that's about -
CDR Story?
CC Yeah, go ahead.
CDR I don't think I really felt fully adapted
to zero g so that I could function without consciously thinking
about it all the time til about day 25 or day 30, I think is
a more reasonable figure for me. And I - I don't think we're
really completely adapted right now. I think there are some
areas where we still have to do a lot of thinking or we'll get
all messed up.
CC Okay, the MI51 people are thinking about
7 to 14 days. But of course, that depends upon how closely
you want to refine the data and get an absolute point but no doubt
with llfe having evolved here over a hundred million years
SL-IV MC2533/2
TIME: 12:30 CDT, 72:17:30 GMT
1/26/74
of whatever it is and and also our being here for 30 or

40 years in one g you shouldn't expect to readapt entirely in
a week or even a month or even three months for that matter.
CDR Yeah, that's right Story and I think that
the adaptation or the idea of being comfortable in zero g is a
lot affected by like Ed was saying, what the workload is, how
fast you're trying to go. If you can take your time and
go at your own speed, I think you'll adapt a lot quicker
than if you're in a full throttle mode trying to do something.
CC Yeah, that's certainly correct. I think
it's a real tribute to nature that y'all are doing the super
job you are here coming on 85 days in a totally new enviornment.
We're about 30 seconds to LOS here. Guam will be coming
up in about 5 minutes and it'll be Bill Lenior and the vis
obs at that time.
SPT Okay, thank you, Story.
CC Yes sir.
MCC Skylab, Houston with visual observations,
over.
PLT Go ahead, Bill.
MCC Okay, first a couple of words here on
film, we're looking forward hopefully to another film orgy
by you guys here today. According to our accounting it looks
to us and we don't know how much you've done yet today, but it
looks to us as though there's about i and a half magazines of
Hassellblad film remaining for the visual observations. On
the Hikon color exterior we have many, many magazines of film
and several of the 2485, the very fast black and white and we
will begin scheduling that. You may need to take some of that
information into account in scheduling your photos, and potential
depending on how much you take here, you may have to take some
Nikon 55's instead of Hasselblad later on.
SPT Bill, if you'd like to help that situation
we_ve come up with another camera we can load color exterior in
and have one up in the MDA and one down here in the wardroom.
I think that would Just about double what you would get.
CC Okay, Ed_ I'ii bring one up myself. Okay,
as far as the program here goes, we have llke another week
and a half worth of the observations that we'll be scheduling
and the thing that we would like to emphasize, first in the
geology areap the i19 Alfa, the Romanche fracture, on shore
extension. We will be scheduling those, when I say scheduling
I mean listing them on your details as either schedules or
optionals usually optionals, we will continue to schedule
those_ we're most interested in that and in particular over and
above getting photographs. We would like to hopefully get some
repetitive type observations so that you can look at it once,
SL-IV MC2533/3
TIME: 12:30 CDT, 72:17:30 GMT
1/26/74
see what you see, look again and see sort of past what you saw
the last time. Things such as this: the way these tend to
fall is generally on a given track, we can pick it up on the
African side two tracks later, we could pick it up on the
South American side so that we do get almost always the capability
to compare it to itself on both sides during the same day.
Also in the geological area, here Baja, California is very
interesting for us and this is primarily for the CDR, for
Jerry, who has begun a extensive set of observations there and
would like to continue and we certainly would like for him to
continue. Also, San Andreas for everyone, observations there
are of most importance. Central American Fault, observations
plus some more photos, the East African rift, we have quite a
few photos already but it's a big area and we're anxious for
more coverage, both photographicaly and observations. And also
the Sierra Madre occidental volcanic area, the HH56, it turns
out we thought for awhile that we were not very interested in
that on mainly because of SL-II EREP data. It turns out on
further analysis that the western part of HH56 is totally over-
cast, so we have no coverage on that. We are quite interested in
photographic coverage of that as well as observations and
whenever we schedule that we will give you a pad asking
you to emphasize the western portion of that.
MCC Okay, then leaving geology and going
to the ocean, the areas that are primary interest to us there
will be the Falkland Current obviously and you've already spotted
that again for the first time since Sun came back. Primary
importance here is time variation and how has it changed since
a month ago when we were making all of our observations on
it. Also the New Zealand Current areas, although here we have
a problem, we won't be able to see that until quite late in the
mission, mainly because right now when we do pass over even
with good Sun angle, it's well after you've gone to sleep. But
that will be processing forward on us and right last few days
it will occur at hour or so prior to your bedtime again. Time
variations comparisons to previous observations. The current
area in and around Hawaii. You've made observations both east
and west of the islands of upwellings current boundaries and so
on, we're most anxious to examine that further and also to look at
the effect of the chain of islands on the current flow there as
opposed to a single island. The npwwelling off of Mexico off the
Gulf of Tehauntepec and out west of the Gulf of Fonseca are also
interesting to us primarily from a point of view of how this ties
in if at all with the equatorial currents and counter currents,
whether it's just an isolated upwelling area. About a month
ago, Ed made the very interesting observation that this appeared
to be the result of the confluence California current and one
SL-IV MC2533/4
TIME: 12:30 CDT, 72:17:30 GMT
1/26/74
branch of the equatorial counter current, we'd be most

anxious to learn some more about that. Also with increasing
Sun angles here, we have Sun glint pattern capability coming
up to us and we will try to take advantage of that. Another
important area in the oceans to us is the 34 Alfa, the island
wakes which would potentially indicate the existance of the
temperature difference that we could use and here a
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2534/I
Time: 12:41 CDT, 72:17:41 GMT
1/26/74
MCC Also with increasing Sun angles here, we

have Sun glint pattern capability coming up to us and we will
try and take advantage of that. Another important area in
the oceans to us is the 34 Alfa, the island wake which would
potentially indicate the existence of the temperature difference
that we could use and here again, Sun glint may very well
help us. Similarly, sea mounts which right now, is important
to us, mostly from the point of view of learning what man can
and cannot see from space. To date, it would appear that
sea mounts are very, very difficult to find and we're anxious
to get a little bit deeper into that and know whether that's
in general true or what are the types of things that enhance
it and again, Sun glint on the the effect of the Sun glint
on the ocean surface - perhaps the higher sea mounts will affect
the surface texture and we can pick them up that way.
CDR Yeah, Bill. Right now, I'm pretty dis-
couraged about our ability to find them. I haven't been able
to see one yet.
MCC Okay. We've got several coming up in about
3 days that we're forecasting should be in or around some Sun
glint and we'll keep scheduling them, putting them on the
pad about 1 per day, seeing what we can find out on them.
MCC Okay. Then going on African drought is
another area that we would like to cover more and more here.
Any of the handhelds in the 90 series - 90, 91, 92, etc., in
the Niger inland delta area or the Lake Chad area, also the
151, Okovgnggo swamp. We've all ready mentioned the interest
in comparing the two regions. In addition, vegetation,
primary areas here of interest will be Argentina, the range land
and the Pampas, and also the wheat in Argentina. In addition,
the Serengheti Plains which we will schedule once or twice
before Ed pops out of the early morning part of your day and
that's a rangeland area. Australia unfortunately will not
come into your day until after the mission is over. So we
will not be able to make those comparisons. And finally,
another area we're going to begin emphasising is the dimlight
to use the 2485 film. And primarily, what this will be because
of the way the orbits are located, this is the HHI71 I'm talking
about, will be the gasflurrying in Saudi Arabia penninsula and
Iran and also selected cities that we cross over at night an
those are about the only sites there that we will have the
opportunity to look at from the 171 in the darkness.
SPT How about flash burning in central Africa?
MCC That's certainly one we have difficulty
in scheduling that but anytime you see it or anything interesting
out the window for that matter at night, we're more than in-
terested in photography as well as observations on it.
SL-IV MC2534/2
Time: 12:41 CDT, 72:17:41 GMT
1/26/74
SPT There's apparently a great deal of that

burning going on right now in Nigeria and Cameroon. And I
saw some last night and then that just a huge area - it
must be 200 or 300 miles long and 50 to 60 miles wide.
MCC Very good. That should be a prime target
for the dimlight photography as well then. Okay. If we don't
have any in addition here, let's see, we're a minute and a
half till LOS. Goldstone is next in 17 minutes and pressing
on then into results, regarding the Galapagos eruptions, it
turns out that you three were the first human beings to see
the Galopagos eruptions and it wasn't until much later that
a team was able to get on the islands and investigate it
first hand. Also answering an earlier question regarding
some features on the Indian subcontinent, what you were re-
ferring to we feel, is the Deckhands Trap which is a big
fault structure within a volcanic basaltic pile. And you're
to be congratulated on seeing that because that's a very
difficult thing to pick out. And again, that gives us data
as to what can and cannot be detected from space.
CC Can I break in here for a minute. If
it's possible, we'd like to go ahead and rewind the VTR here
to use this upcoming CONUS pass to dump any - when we
got time.
SPT Press, Bob.
MCC Okay and two last thoughts here. The
coverage you have on lake and sea ice is excellent. And even
though we will not be listing it much because of the low Sun
angle. Any opportunities you get, we certainly would like
some more coverage. We copied the CDR's comment, Jerry,
earlier on several days ago on the Mexican - Mexico City
feature that we felt we had figured out. Now maybe we think
we don't. It looks like we'll have to wait till you're down
here and take a look at the photos before we get final word
on just what it was. We'll be talking to you - yes, I could
say that maybe a trip to Mexico City is required here. We'll
be talking to you in a week or so on the last visual ops
conference and we'll see you then.
PLT Be working on that trip.
SPT Good work, Bill. Thanks.
MCC Okay. We'll see you later.
17 hours 47 minutes. Loss of signal through Guam, the pass
devoted to discussion between Bill Lenoir and the crew con-
cernin_ their successful - so far successful implimentation
of the visual observations program. The mission began with
more than i00 targets around the world for the crew to
photograph and describe through the wardroom window. This
SL-IV MC2534/3
Time: 12:41 CDT, 72:17:41 GMT
1/26/74
number has increased to more than 160 target sites around the
world. The crew was advised that they were the first human
beings to see an eruption in the Galapagos Island chain, vol-
canic eruption. The Earth observa - visual observation pro-
grams cover approxi - 13 major subject areas from snow field
mapping, vegetation, atmosphere, etc. The crew was advised of
how much film is estimated to remain for use in this project.
Each day the crew is given several target sites around the
world. The times with which they can view and photograph
selected the targets. Next acquisition through Goldstone in
12 minutes and 50 seconds. At Greenwich mean time 17 hours
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2535/I
Time: 13:00 CDT, 72:18:00 GMT
1/26/74

18 hours. Acquisition coming through Goldstone. Goldstone
through Texas and MILA tracking station. Acquisition in
45 seconds. We'll bring the line up for CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS across the
states. We have you for 17 minutes and we're set up again
for Neil to talk to Ed. But in addition, I also need to get
a couple of reg adjust and make a couple of small changes to
Bill's C&D pad and we can work those in as you - at your
convenience through the pass.
SPT Why don't you go ahead and give me the
reg adjust right now, Bob.
CC Okay, want both pots reg adjust 1 and
2 to 25 degrees clockwise.
PLT Okay, I've got my C&D pad out, if you
want to go over the changes there.
CC Okay fine. That's right down toward the
end of it Bill. You have an entry at 20:05:00 which is an
F192 mode ready. We want to move that up a little bit and make
that at 04:45.
PLT Roger, 04:45 192 ready.
CC Okay and the following entry at 05:30 where
you take 192 mode to standby in preparation for doing the align-
ment later we would like you to change that standby to check
C-H-E-C-K. And then you might make a note down at the bottom
of the pad after you do the alignment to go ahead and put
the mode switch back to standby.
PLT Roger I have that.
CC Okay, and that's all I really got except that
they would like you to do the alignment prior to doing any
other post op task.
PLT Okay.
CC Okay and one more for Ed. I need
5 degrees counterclockwise on REG i.
SPT You've got it Crip. Standing by Neil.
CC It's all yours Neil.
MCC Okay, Ed. I guess we have a number of items
that we have to cover this pass before the days over. And
that is what are you impressions as to how it is going today
and do you have any inputs for today's planning meeting which
is beginning to meet right about now?
SPT Okay, Neil in general I think it's
going pretty well. The only difficulties that I have rum up
in - up into right of now is the last orbit where we were trying
to do several things simultaneously and we just didn't have
simultaneously simultaneous displays in order to make it
work. We can get into that problem a little bit. But as far
SL-IV MC2535/2
Time: 13:00 CDT 72:18:00 GMT
1/26/74
as the way which you've scheduled and the way l'm able to work
it in I think is no problem at all. I think I have a little
more flexibility up here than you do on the ground. I know
that everytime one of you wanted to come up with an idea in
a planning meeting on how to get something across. You'd
have to shuffle through mountains of JOP summary sheets and
try to figure out which one fit the road you wanted to take
as well as everybody else's road. Here I think we can just
state what are the observing objectives of each instrument
and with the individual knowing the capabilities of each
instrument you can make - you caN fit it all togetther I think
a little bit easier with the existing film situations and all
the multitude of things that are going on. So I think the guy
up here being able to have that flexibility whereas you would
have none of it this (garble) ahead of the ground. I think it
would flow a lot easier at least in terms of the amount of effort.
I know you folks on the ground have had to put a momumental
effort - effort into everydays planning. And I think up here
we do have an additional degree of flexibility (garble) fortunately
take advantage of it to take advantage of it. As far
as getting the - the science done or meeting your objective
I found out that you have not overstated anything at all
in the method of (garble) so it was very easy to sit down
and just put together a purposed plan. Now the only place
this whole thing has fallen apart is in this last orbit.
WE're - we're trying to do a couple of things at one time.
Now we way I plan to recoup from that is to take and have orbit
6 going here and I'ii just essentially end up with one orbit's
worth of trying to figure out how to do the pointing for
the coronal hole which I have just done. And now I think
I've got a good handle on it. In the next orbit will make
the observations, and we'll just slip everything downstream
one. Also_ I did not realize you'd have this little short
blip of daylight pass here. So we've got another building block
32 in here at the beginning of this one.
SPT As far as planning for tomorrow, I would think
that some - most of the topics that we're talking about right now
seem to be good ones. Although I have not had a chance to go on
around and really look at the limb in detail which is what I have
planned to do on my orbit, it used to be number 4 but now it's
number 5. And that one is going on at 21:02. There may be some
features out there on the limb light prominence. I did see
a few in the early look, but they were not really outstanding,
that may be worth working on. I would imagine you'd probably
still want to do some synoptic work as active regions go
over the limb again on the other side. Although
not a great deal. You may want to work on the coronal hole
SL-IV MC2535/3
Time: 13:00 CDT 72:18:00 GMT
1/26/74
on the limb, which - apparently this one is still a fairly

strong one. Even though it appears to be starting to divide
into two. That would be a perhaps a useful thing to be working
on. And the rest is quite Sun phemonena, looking at the poles
for example to find out what you could see up there. Although
I guess most - most of the people feel they have sufficient
data on that, although I planned to give 82B some of that
this afternoon if the prominences do not stand out. I think
pretty much unless something new comes up. I don't see any
significant change.
MCC Okay, that see I'm looking these over
here. I think that there may be some suggestions in the
planning meeting today to do something that we didnVt - to
do something tomorrow that we weren't enthusiastic about
today. And that is these bright points. So - don't be
surprised if you get information about running some bright
point observations rather than a JOP ii on oscillations or
something. The JOP ii oscillations that people were antici-
pating for tomorrow were going to be collaborations, but the
ground based sites apparently are not going to be up at that
time or at least collaborating. So we may suggest the
bright points which we didn't suggest today, there's one
change.
SPT Okay, that's - is one thing if I ever
had a chance to look over today was try to find some
bright points with oxygen VI counts up around i000 or so.
But again that takes a fair amount of observing time. One
thing that would be useful if we ever really get into this
mode in the future is to allow the individuals one orbits
worth of just straight looking at the Sun. Not having to
feel that observations should be made that is in the way of
data gathering.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2536/I
Time: 13:08 CDT 72:18:08 GMT
1/26/74
PLT Again, that takes a fair amount of

observing time. One thing that would be useful, if we
ever really get into this mode in the future, is to allow
the individuals one orbit's worth of just straight looking
at the Sun, not having to feel that observations should be
made as in the way of data gathering. If we operate in a
different mode where we're operating more around the clock
than we are now, that would probably be posslble and I think
it would be very useful.
MCC Okay. I guess there are a couple things
NOAA has just said to us that the active region north of
the equator that you described on the XUV's MONITOR this
morning about central meridian and somewhat north of the
equator may develop to the extent that the one south of
the equator, I guess we call it 36, did. And, if when you're
trying to do plumes down the line - I'm not sure if you still
are or not, but if you do get to the plumes down the line
today, and they don't work, that's another possibility. I
hope that's useful. I'm not sure I understand completely
your plan for the rest of the day.
SPT Okay. Well, the plan for the rest of
the day is to - on the next orbit which I have available,
which is the one beginning at 21:02, I'ii pick up the coronal
hole observations and try to actually get the data this
time. I spent this last orbit to just trying to figure out
how to get lined up. Then the following orbit, we'll be work-
ing the plumes for promlnenus. And again, if those don't pan
out, we'll go take a look at what's on the disc in the way of
that new active region and even a strong bright point. And
then the last orbit, which is one beginning at 00:09, we will
do the observations Sun centered building block i, option being
for 52 and omitting 82A and B.
MCC That sounds very good, Ed. And we - we
appreciate using your off-duty time for this, and hope it's
not too much work. Let us know if it is.
SPT No, I enjoy it.
MCC Okay, I I -
CC Could I interject one - one remark here. Ed,
we need you to take that BUS 2, REG ADJUST 2 POT 5 degrees
clockwise now, please.
SPT Number 2, 5 degrees clockwise.
CC Also, one item here. While you're enroute
to Z-LV. You mentioned - would like to get some additional
cameras. If you would like, you can load Nikon 02 with
Bravo Victor 40 out of Drawer F, got about 30 frames available
there, and Nikon 05 with IR ii. There are 34 frames in that
one, but we need 9 of them for tomorrow. That leaves you
SL-IV MC2536/2
Time: 13:08 CDT 72:18:08 GMT
1/26/74
25 of you're - welcome to use them today.

SPT Copy, Houston.
CC If you didn't get those, I'Ii I'll be
glad to give them to you again.
CDR Okay, say them again, I got a pencil
handy now.
CC Okay. Nikon 02, with Bravo Victor 40,
which is in Drawer F. There are 30 frames available on that
for low level - low light level photography out the window.
CDR Okay.
CC Okay, on Nikon 05, it's - you can reload
it with IR ii, which has already been downloaded once, and
there are 34 frames left on that mad. We need 9 of them
tomorrow, so you can use 25 of them today.
CDR Roger.
CC Happy hunting.
CC Okay, Ed. This is Nell back again. Are
you with me?
SPT Sure am; go ahead.
CC Maybe I can just talk a little about some of
the other things we've learned, especially if it would help
you when you get to the - the polar plume in what we call
orbit 6, I guess. The one after - not the 21:02, but the next
one down.
SPT Okay.
CC If you don't find them, which is a dis-
tinct possibility, I guess, in the magnesium X - well, I
guess this is a - this is a clue as to where to look so that
you might maximize your chances of finding them. One: The
south pole has the better polar caps, so maybe we can anticipate
polar plumes that are coming from behind to be there. So
maybe that's one possibility. Now, again, I see there's -
perhaps there's a problem with rolling, but the north pole is
tipped away from us and it may be that something on the front of
the disc, on our side of the disc, would be sticking up over
the edge. There's some debate down here as to whether bright
points are ever or are sometimes the source of these polar plumes.
And there is some smattering of bright point or network or
something very close to the North Pole, and that might be a
place to look, too. So there's two two possible ways to
go at it. I don't know whether either one of them will be
successful.
SPT Okay, as long as they're supposed to
stand out in magnesium X above the line above the llmb. A
very easy way to to find that out is to Just go 20, 30 arc
seconds off the limb and Just rotate about Sun center and
watch for peaks.
SL-IV MC2536/3
Time: 13:0!8 CDT 72:18:08 GMT
1/26/74
CC Right, right. Might be interesting to

compare what you get at the two poles or something. I don't
know if you have that much time.
SPT I'd like to do that if we can.
CC Okay. And it is especially interesting
with this particular polar field configuration that I just
described. Let's see, what else do we have here that I've
been given. Oh, it's just for your information because it's
interesting, we took some of HAO's bubble pictures involving
one of the errupted proviences and we made the 82A helium
304 sequence of erruptions to the same scale and stuck them
right in the occulting disc. So we have a sequence of pictures
of both of them put together_ and you can see the prominence
erupt right up - oh, sort of - it looks like a pin sticking
up - pricking right up into a bubble. And then the bubble
expands out and takes - oh, 2 or 3 hours to reach the on -
other side of the occulting disc for for the August 21
eruption, at least. I know that some of them are faster. But
that might be of interest to you. But one of the special
remaining thing that interest now, is what happens to the inner
corona when when we get these eruption. Especially like the
iron 15 loops that arch over the filaments and prominences_
or arch in them or whatever they are. What happens to those
inner loops when the filaments errupt? That's just a point
for your interest, I guess.
SPT I had pictured that these field lines
which tended to to bull out and looked like bubbles, was
pretty much errupted from the surface that way. You know, it
was relatively closed and tight, and then when it erupted, he
started to open up and all the way out through the corona
all the way out to the - what we can see at 6 radii. It would
show that pattern, but apparently from what you're saying is
not true, or what I'm saying is not true.
CC Well, I don't know. I guess we haven't
got - Well, I guess I haven't looked at all the data, but
I'm not sure whether we have data that shows what happens to
the inner corona. Maybe S and E has some - some data on that_
but - but we've all been involved in the mission and haven't
unraveled that problem.
CC We're about 30 seconds from LOS, we'll
have you again at Vanguard in ii minutes at 18:29. And if
you'd like, I can give you a little EREP weather at that
time.
CC Okay, have you anything further, Ed?
SPT No, I don't, Nell. Thanks very much.
CC Okay, nice talking to ya'll. See you
later.
SPT So long.
SL-IV MC2536/4
Time: 13:08 CDT 72:18:08 GMT
1/26/74
CDR Crip, is the VTR finished now?

CC It'll be your at LOS; we're still dumping
right now.
CDR Okay.
CC Looking at Bill playing with some water
drops running up and down the string. It's fantastic.
CC I think it's Bill. I'm getting you guys
confused behind all that hair you got on your face.
PAO Skylab Control at Greenwich mean time
18 hours 19 minutes. Loss of signal through MILA tracking
station. Next acquisition, a brief pass through Vanguard.
AOS is 9 minutes and 40 seconds. The maneuver for the EREP
pass began here 7 minutes ago as spacecraft was crossing the
Florida peninsula. A second maneuver will be made at Green-
wich mean time 19 hours and 29 minutes. EREP data talk st -
data-take gebins at Greenwich mean time 19 hours and 40
minutes, an 8100 data-take down the west coast of California
through Mexico, off Central America, ending in Argentina.
Next acquisition in 9 minutes will he Tananarive at - will be
Vanguard. At Greenwich mean time 18 hours 20 minutes, this
is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-2537/I
Time: 13:27 CDT 72:18:27 GMT
1/26174
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time 18

hours 28 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Vanguard
tracking station in 45 seconds. A low elevation pass, 3
minutes in duration. Panel maneuver for the Z-local vertical
attitude for the EREP pass will begin at Greenwich mean
time 19 hours 29 minutes. GNC officer Teports no TACS is
scheduled to be used for this EREP pass today.
CC Skylab, Houston. WeVre AOS through the
Vanguard. We have you for about 3-1/2 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. Do you have an opport-
unity to listen to a little of what the weather's going to
be like on the upcoming pass?
CDR Roger. Go ahead, Crip.
CC Rog. Picked it up for you the other
day. The weather in California is nice and clear. No pro-
blems with your San Francisco or your other target there.
Should be clear all the way down to about the Salton Sea
area. And there has been some fog in the San Joaquin
Valley this morning. However, we do anticipate that it
should burn off, so that you may see some scattered fog
patches, but in general we expect it to be clear. You
going to pick up the thin broken cirrus deck down around
the Imperial Valley, which should carry through into northern
New Mexico, around Guadalajara. That is not going to be in
the jet stream though, so the jet stream cirrus won't be
applicable really. Then you're going to pick up a frontal
system and go out over the water with - you'll be running
into anywhere from scattered to broken clouds down through
the ITCZ and pick it up broken to overcast I guess again
along the South American coast. Should break up and be
clear around Paraguay and then you're going to pick up
the frontal system that we've got targeted for the VTS when
you hit the Atlantic Coast. In general it looks like a real
good EREP pass, picking up lots of good targets.
CDR Roger, Crip. Ask them to start a fire
and make red smoke over the dry lake that I'm supposed to
get. Would you?
CC (Laughter) Well, if I had time to get
back out there, I might try that. Somebody would accuse me
of polluting the atmosphere, though. One item I need to
pass on to Bill here; is he available?
CDR Yeah. He's listening.
CC Okay. Where we talked at the end of
his C&D pad, about cutting off that i00 feet of tape, we
want him to leave about the last i0 feet of it on there.
And also, we're going to take a look at the operations -
we're going to take a look at the operation of the the
tape recorder in this, and if - depending on how it works,
SL IV MC-2537/2
Time: 13:27 CDT 72:18:27 GMT
1/26/74
we may change our mind about loading that into tape recorder i.
PLT Okay Crip. I'm studying this. I'm might
have a few questions on that.
CC Okay. I guess l_m about - I was confused
here. Apparently it was on your pad, and we've got the CDR
scheduled to do it, so I guess y'all can work that out between
you.
CC Also, Bill, one item I need to get scheduled
a little bit confused while ago when I was talking about doing
that 192 alignment and I told you to do it before you get into
your other post-ops stuff. You will need to get the door closed
of course, to do a proper 192 alignment.
PLT Roger. Understand.
PLT One quick question. I just perused this
more or less superficially, but should I have an ETC callout
after 48:10?
! CC Let me check it.
PLT I know that Ed's probably got it on his
pad. It's all right. However, I call out an AUTO and I never
call it out verify OFF.
CC Oh -
PLT STANDBY, rather.
CC It sounds like you're correct and I donVt
see it there. His pad should be the correct one. We're going
LOS, and we'll see you again over Goldstone at 19:38, 19:38.
Normally we don't call the POWER OFF on the ETC. That's the
only - only reason it's not put down on your pad.
PLT I should have said STANDBY. ETC, STANDBY.
CC And a reminder, the BYPASS valve should go
to FLOW. For the EREPs here.
PLT Roger. Okay.
34 minutes. With loss of signal through Vanguard. Next
acquisition in i hour and 3 minutes will be the Goldstone
tracking station as Skylab will be in the Z-local vertical
attitude for the Earth resources pass. The data take starts
at Greenwich mean time 19 hours and 40 minutes, Just prior
to acquisition. The data take begins northwest of San Francisco,
California, and the instruments will be gathering data in the
San Francisco area, specifically for the - gathering data on -
detect changes in the urban area of San Francisco since the
1970 census. As the spacecraft passes down the California
coast, the spacecraft will be gathering information on polluting
concentrations in the San Franeisco/Monterrey Bay area as well as
gathering data for evaluation of map accuracy, using the images
from the S192 instrument. (dropout) on the Sun. San Andreas
fault, the spacecraft will gather information for previous
possibly unrecognized fault zones. Geolo - Geologic studies
SL IV MC-2537/3
Time: 13:27 CDT 72:18:27 GMT
1/26/74
will be made by the Skylab instruments of southern Nevada,

and also as the spacecraft passes over the Pisca Crater in
California, instruments will gather data on geologic mapping
of lava flows. Desert land management will be made in
southern California, in the Santa Rosa mountains area. As
the spacecraft crosses over into Mexico, areas of Mexico will
be the target for geologic exploration and mapping, specifically
in the Mexico City area. As the spacecraft exits Mexico and
crosses over the Atlantic west of Central America, data will
be gathered on cloud formations in the South Atlantic and
that area. Crop irrigation in northwestern Mexico will be
the target of the EREP instruments, as well as at the end
of the pass, ground water information will be gained in the
Argentine Pampas. The data take ends at Greenwich mean time
of 20 hours and 9 minutes as the spacecraft crosses into
Argentina. This is EREP pass number 32 for the mission.
Correct, that's seven more EREP passes after today. Hope-
fully we'll end up with 39 EREP passes for the mission of
Skylab IV. At the start of the mission, it was hoped that
at least 50 could be reached; however, due to weather and
CMG problems, it looks as though 39 will be the top limit at
this time. Next acquisition will be through Goldstone in
i hour. At Greenwich mean time 18 hours and 38 minutes,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2553/I
Time: 02:02 CDT 73:01:02 GMT
1/26/74
CC in the shopping list rather than

TV-103 and if we pick up some time later we can get back
to it.
SPT Story, I'm glad to hear all that good
stuff about me doing 103, but I never went near it. I think it
was probably Jerry.
CC Okay, I'ii get that to him later.
SPT I worked in 107.
CC And missing from the evening status
report tonight was your any deviations in your rehydration
water, and also the breakdown on your sleep last night.
SPT Okay no deviations for me in water and sleep
was 10 heavy .5 light.
CC Okay. And we're showing a teleprinter
paper low. You could change that out for us during the next
LOS here.
SPT Okay, be glad to Story.
CC And that's all I got for you now.
SPT That'll hold it. Thank you.
CC What's Bill up to right now?
SPT Bill's playing the tape recorder right
now.
CC Okay.
PLT What do you have in mind Story?
CC Bill for the MI - M487 people. They got
your message on maintenance of the heat exchanger fans. They'd
like a little more details. Don't necessarily follow the
checklist M487-3 Delta. Just elaborate on the procedures you
used to fix those.
PLT Okay, I'm not quite sure that I under-
stand. I know I made a comment about removing - difficulty in
removing the fans from storage but that was because of specific
questions in the debriefing form.
CC Yeah, they're looking - -
PLT That had noting to do with the fans per se.
CC Okay, we'll take another look at that
and get back with you Bill.
CC Ed, Houston.
SPT Go ahead Story.
CC 52 and 56 are real happy with what you
proposed. 54 would like their normal building block i ops
and that's a 17 minute exposure with a GRATING IN.
SPT Okay and nothing after that, I think.
Would they like to get the building block 1A and IB? And
specifically what are their desires after that? Why don't you
just have them help me precisely what they'd like on the orbit.
CC Okay, I'ii get with you. We're about
SL-IV MC2553/2
Time: 20:02 CDT 73:01:02 GMT
1/26/74
20 seconds to LOS here. Ascension in about 6 minutes at

01:Ii and the medical conference will be coming up then.
SPT Story, in liew of hearing anything else,
I'ii give them, - I'ii start the ROLL out at 5400, and press
on from there and give them a 256 and then give them the
minuts one with the same roll unless it looks like there isn't
much (garble).
CC 52 and 56 your option that's fine. And
for 54 a IA and IB on building block i.
PAO Skylab Control, loss of signal at tracking
ship Vanguard. 4-1/2 minutes to Ascension Island, the medical
conference. We'll relay a summary of the medical conference
as soon as it's available and between bites of pizza. Next
live station will be Guam in about 49 minutes. At 01:07
Greenwich mean time, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2554/I
TIME: 20:20 CDT, 73:01:20 GMT
1/26/74

36 minutes to Guam at the just completed Ascension pass. There
must have not been very much in the way of medical conversation
carried on there between the crew - crew physician and the
crew of Skylab IV because they turned the loop back to
Spacecraft Communicator Story Musgrave well before the end
of the pass. We have about 2 minutes and 15 seconds of tape
recorded at Ascension which we'll play back at this time.
CC Skylab, we got you through Ascension for
2 more minutes and, Ed, did you copy my comments on ATM?
SPT I understand that 54 wants to run the A and
the B parts of the building block but do they care at all about
what roll it's going to have?
CDR A and B run at 5400.
CC That'll be fine, Ed.
SPT Okay, very good, thank you Story.
CC Jer, Houston.
CC Jer, that TV-103 on liquid films
the performance was super and we think you've done about
as good a job as you can do on that. And we suggest that you
move onto some of the others. If you pick up some extra time
later you can go back to TV-103.
CDR Okay, about the only improvement I can
put on that thing - I didn't like it at all - was to get the
closeup lens and get some of those thin films where the people
can see them on the closeup lens and then call it quits.
CC Okay, and we're thinking of - we're
thinking of sending you a single handheld pad that's got
all the sites on it and we're wondering what you think of
that and how many copies you'd like. We'd also like some
comments from you on the number we're sending up,. We think
that you'd probably like to have an awful lot of them and catch
those ones that you can, like we're sending up 13 tomorrow.
CDR Okay, thatVs fine, I think we ought to
have three copies and on a separate pad and it makes no
difference to us whether it's in the detail or separate.
I guess the only thing we regret is frequently we get one of
those goodies while we're laying in the LBNP or something
like that. We kind of hate to miss them.
CC Okay, which would you prefer, a separate
handheld pad or in the details?
CDR We're - we're satisified with the way
it's going right now on the details unless you folks would
rather change it.
CC We'd rather put it - -
CDR - - (garble) in the details.
CC We'd rather put it on a separate pad if
SL-IV MC2554/2
TIME: 20:20 CDT, 73:01:20 GMT
1/26/74
that's okay with you.

CDR Okay, let's give it a try, if it gives
us trouble we'll holler.
CC Okay, and we'll send you three copies.
And we're about to go LOS here. The next ones Guam in about
40 minutes at 01:56.
CDR We'll see you.
CC Skylab Control, that completes playback
of the remaining half of the Ascension pass handed back to
CAP COMM by the flight surgeon after an extremely brief
medical conference. Next station in 32 minutes will be
Guam Island. 3-1/2 minute pass at Guam, first one of the
evening, barely above the horizon. At 01:24 Greenwich
mean time, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2555/I
TIME: 20:55 CDT, 73:01:55 GMT
1/26/74

Guam Island station upcoming in about 50 seconds and likely
will be the final pass of the evening, in keeping with the
crew request that they have the final hour before bedtime
without any calls from the ground. 30 seconds to AOS Guam,
we're standing by.
CC Skylab, we got you for a short pass about
3 minutes through Guam.
CDR Roger, Story. The EREP tape recorder
changeout is complete no problems.
CC Okay, thanks Jer. And we need the DAS
for an outer gimbal backup.
CDR You've got it.
PLT And M509-Foxtrot 5 Bravo is complete.
CC Yeah, we see that thanks, Bill.
CC Skylab, the DAS is yours and we're still
showing the teleprinter paper has not been changed out yet.
PLT Roger, Story. It's in work.
CC Okay, we won't need it. We'll need it in
about 35 minutes which is the next station. We're a minute
to LOS and that will be the Vanguard at 02:33 and we're planning
on that being the last pass for the night.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS Guam and
apparently Spacecraft Communicator Story Musgrave plans
to speak with the crew through one more station pass, Vanguard
in 32 minutes and we should be getting the medical conference
summary before too long. At 02:01 GMT, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2556/I
Time: 21:33 CDT 73:02:33 GMT
1/26/74

mean time. Final pass of the evening hopefully over the
tracking ship Vanguard coming up in about 45 seconds. At
this station we need to verify that the teleprinter paper
has been changed. Quite a few teleprinter messages due to
go up through Vanguard for tomorrow's Flight Plan. Also the
ATM engineer would like to get the closeout configuration
and frame count. That's about all the business left over
from the extremely brief Guam pass, that would have been the
final pass of the evening. Standing by for AOS Vanguard.
CC Skylab we've got you through the Vanguard
for ii minutes.
SPT Roger, Story.
CC And we're planning on this being the last
pass for the night. Ed, you could check the teleprinter
messages we'll be sending up here to be sure they're legible
before you go to bed.
SPT Will do Story. You ready for a frame
count?
CC Go.
SPT 0864 - 08064 that is, 85632, 0010, 24,
1020, 2656. And the pointing coordinates for the unattended
are ROLL of minus 5400. Stand by. Minus 704 and minus 329.
CC Okay. And we got another 9 minutes of
AOS here, we'll be looking for the to look over your panel.
SPT Teleprinter looks good, Story.
CC Thanks. Bill, Houston.
PLT Go ahead, Story.
CC Bill, regarding that M487 people question
on the heat exchanger fan maintenance, I've got the your
channel A report here, I'll read you the excerpt and maybe
that will jog your memory. I got bit on this one, the OWS
heat exchanger fans. That ought to be color coded somehow
or the other say the same color for the first one to take off
or some color for the don't and it broke off there. Or
something of this sort of thing because it will slip out. And
that's how I got bit on that one and I'll tell you more about
that one later. It said, I'll tell you more about later that
M487 people were looking for.
PLT Yeah, I was talking about post-flight
debriefing. However, if it has them that interested, I'll go
ahead and pat it on tape tonight.
CC Okay, that'll be fine.
PLT And the subject I was debriefing was
fasteners tie downs and fasteners.
CC Okay, you can either record that now or
SL-IV MC2556/2
TIME: 21:33 CDT, 73:02:33 GMT
1/26/74
we can get that in the post-flight debriefing at your convenience.

PLT Okay. And Story, it only takes a second to tell
you what I've had in mind on that was the color coding that
one key tie down that releases the whole assembly. And at that -
that point, that's the one that should be coded, so we'll know
which one to take off first to avoid having to take off three or
four when one would do.
CC Okay, thanks Bill.
PLT That particular assembly has only two
straps but you take - it was fairly difficult to access, you
take the - if you take the right one off first then the whole
assembly flops back and you can just take the fan right out.
CC Okay thanks. And Ed your ATM panel looks
good except for S054, I'd like that to be left at the EXPOSURE
256.
SPT Roger, Story.
CC Thanks, looks good.
CC Skylab, we're a couple of minutes from
LOS here_ we're planning on this being the last pass for the
night. We're proposing a wakeup time at Texas at 10:45, that's
because of your early EREP and that's 30 minutes prior to the
start of EREP prep if that's okay.
CDR Yeah, that's fine Story.
CC Okay_ Texas at 10:45 it will be. If you
want us Ascension is just about 5 minutes up the road from
here.
CDR Okay, good night.
CC Good night, Jer.
PLT Good night Story and maroon team.
CC Okay, same to you Ed, have a good one.
MCC Good night Skylab.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2557/I
TIME: 21:44 CDT, 73:02:44 GMT
1/26/74
CDR Good night Bill.

PAO This is Skylab Control. That was the
final pass of the evening before the crew turns in for tonight.
Wakeup tomorrow morning will be at 5:45 central time at the
Texas station for an early Earth resources experiment package
pass. Following is the flight surgeon's summary of the
medical conference by Dr. Paul Buchanan, which reads as
follows: "The health of the crew of this third Skylab mission
remains good. The nasal sinus condition of the pilot has improved
markedly with the change to three times a day usage of an
oral antihistamine decongestant. The morale boost from the
day off scheduling was evident in their conversation." That
ends the status report from the crew surgeon. Returning at
5:45 a.m. central daylight time Sunday. This is Skylab Control
signing off at 02:46 Zulu.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2558/I
Time: 05:45 CDT 73:10:45 GMT
1/27/74

I0 hours 45 minutes for the wakeup call coming through
Goldstone on this the 73rd day in orbit for the crew of
Skylab IV.
(Music)
CC Skylab, Houston; good morning.
CDR Good morning.
CC Hate to hit you right off the bat here.
Got one little item got to you and we'll leave you alone
for a little bit, but your details as you'll see when you
tear them off there in the Flight Plan calls for getting on
stations, I think, at about 11:16 for PLT and CDR on the EREP,
and we need to get you on station a little earlier than that
because we're going to changeout changeover tape recorders.
So we'd like to get you on station about 11:08 if it's okay.
SPT Okay. We're going back to tape recorder
number I.
CC I believe that's what it calls for, yes
sir. Stand corrected on that. We're changing over from 1
to 2.
SPT Well, we've already completed that, Hank.
It's all set up, ready to go.
CC Okay. You're ahead of us this morning.
CC Skylab, Houston. No response required,
since you've already done the tape recorder changeover, you
can stick with your detail time there of 11:16.
CC Maneuver time looks good.
CDR Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute from
LOS. Madrid'll be coming up 5-1/2 minutes at 07.
ii hours and 4 minutes. Wakeup through the Texas stateside
pass here in mission day 73 for crew of Skylab IV. The crew
began their 73rd day in space shortly before 6 a.m. They
will be conducting an early morning Earth survey over a
10,800_nautical-mile path extending from over the Pacific Ocean
west of California across the Uni - Northern United States,
Eastern Canada, the Atlantic Ocean and North Africa. Prime
targets of interest are sights off the California coast over
the states of California, Nevada, Utah, and Wyoming to obtain
geothermo data. African target sites are the Sahara
Desert for evaluation of sensors and data on natural re-
sources over Niger and Mali, as well as gathering information
off the African coast on upwelling. Data recording and
photography will begin at 7:16 a.m. central daylight time
and continue for 42 minutes over 20 selected sites. A second
Earth survey seeking geothermal data over mo over most of
the same area, Western States, will be taken in the afternoon.
SL-IV MC-2558/2
Time: 05:45 CDT 73:10:45 GMT
1/27/74
The track extends through - over Mexico, Central America,

Ecuador, and Paraguay. During a 31-minute period beginning
at 1:56 p.m. central daylight time 30 sites will be surveyed
with Skylab's instruments. Commander Carr and Science Pilot
Gibson will spend a total of 2 hours and 51 minutes scanning
the Sun throughout the day. During the observations video
recordings of the ATM television monitors will be made to
be relayed to Mission Control for study by solar astronomers.
Biomedical experiments on - scheduled are for Gerald Carr
to undergo the lower body negative pressure and metabolic
test with Science Pilot ad as the observor. Pogue will
undergo the vestibular function test which will be observed
by Pilot Bill Pogue° A total of 28 hours of science time
today in the Flight Plan, mission day 258 for the Skylab
space station. Acquisition through Madrid, CAP COMM is
Hank Hartsfield. Mission Control center under the direction
of Flight Director Gene Kranz, taking over for Chuck Lewis
here at the Mission Control Center.
CC Skylab, Houston through Madrid for 9
minutes, and SPT your maneuver load looks good.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2559/I
Time: 06:08 CDT 73:11:08 GMT
1/27/74
CC Skylah, Houston, if if it's conven-

ient, someone near the STS there, we'd like to get our reg
bus adjust out of the way so we get a chance to look at it
here a few minutes before the maneuver starts. We'd like
to get both reg bus 1 and reg bus 2 adjusted 30 degrees
clockwise. And also I'd like to partly sort of - mark your
original set in there.
CDR Okay, it's done, Hank.
CC Skylab, Houston, we need one more little
tweak on reg bus I, 5 degrees further clockwise.
PLT Take a look at that, Hank.
CC Okay; thanks, Bill. Reg buses look good
to us now. Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute from LOS.
Tananarive will be coming up in 13 minutes at 29.
SPT Roger, Hank. So long.
ii hours 18 minutes. The maneuver for - put the spacecraft
in Z-local vertical attitude for the upcoming EREP pass was
accomplished during the Merid - Madrid pass. G&C officer
reports figures look good as the spacecraft went over the
hill. Take 9 minutes for the spacecraft to get in the proper
attitude, and then at Greenwich mean time 12:05 a second
fine ZLMe - V maneuver will be made. The spacecraft will
return to solar inertial attitude after the EREP pass at Green-
with mean time 12 hours 58 minutes. Today's data take,
42 minutes in duration, is one of the longest EREP passes
conducted during Skylab. The instruments will be turned on
over th e North Paofic to gather data on variable winds and
wave characteristics. Primary purpose of today's data take
is to gather geothermal data as the spacecraft crosses over
the California coast. In additiona to gathering geothermal
data is being garried - gathered for pollution predic-
tions, earthquake prediction, as well as mineral deposits
information, ground water, and mapping fractures throughout
the western states. Information will also be gathered again
as the spacecraft crosses the Gulf of St. Lawrence on ice
characteristics in that area and the instruments will be
left on as the spacecraft crosses the North Atlantic and
gade _ gathering additional data on ocean oceanographic
conditions as well as crossing the coast of Africa. Up-
welling information will be gathered off the west coast of
Africa as well as information on the Rub'al Khali Desert, Niger
area_ and information on the drought area in Mali. The
second EREP pass maneuver begins at the Greenwich mean time
17 hours and 30 minutes. Second pass will cross diagonally
the _ about the same area the early morning pass this morn-
ing makes, The second pass is descending, the first pass
is an ascending pass. The second pass will gather data on
SL-IV MC-2559/2
Time: 06:08 CDT 73:11:08 GMT
1/27/74
over the same general area and this data will be compared
to the predawn information gathered this morning to show
how much additional heat is transmitted to the ground by
the Sun. Comparison of these two data points can show how
much geothermal activity is in the area. Next acquisition
in 7 minutes and 40 seconds through Tananarive. At Green-
wich mean time ii hours 21 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2560/I
TIME: 06:27 CDT, 73:11:27 GMT
1/27/74
PAO Skylab Control, Grewnwich mean time

ii hours 27 minutes. Acquisition coming through Tananarive,
an 8-minute pass. CAP COMM is Hank Hartsfield as the crew
prepares for the EREP pass of the day_ approximately an
ii,000 mile data take, the longest EREP data take in Skylab.
We'll bring the line up for this pass. F&ight director in
charge of the white/bronze team here at Mission Control
Center is Gene Kranz.
CC Skylab, Houston through Tananarive 8 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about a minute from
LOS here at Tananarive. We'll see you again at Honeysuckle
at 54 with a recorder dump.
PAO Skylab Control, ii hours 37 minutes. Little
conversation through the Tananarive pass as the crew prepares
for the EREP data take scheduled to begin at Greenwich mean
time 12 hours and 16 minutes less than now. Next acquisition
will be Honeysuckle in 16 minutes. At Greenwich mean time
ii hours 37 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
CC Skylab, Houston through Honeysuckle for
5 minutes, and we need the recorder for a dump.
CDR Okay.
CC And Skylab, Houston; a quick weather update
for you. The weather over the Pacific approaching the west
coast is pretty - pretty much clouded over. However, if
you get right up on the west coast for your geothermal we
have zero to 3/10 which holds except for a little patch
there in San (garble) where they have a little fog. It's
0 to 3/10ths right on up approaching the Salt Lake City area,
then you're pretty much cloud cover. The - the rest of the
way over - clear across the Atlantic there's one pass in
the Lake Superior area that might be 0 to 3/10. However,
the part of your track that goes over the west coast of
Africa there again is 0- 3/10 and should be good weather
for the data that we're going to get there.
SPT Roger, Hank. Thanks.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're i minute from LOS.
Hawaii is next at 15, that's 17 minutes from now. We'll see
you there EREPing.
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time ii hours
59 minutes. Loss of signal through Honeysuckle. Next acquisition
in - in approximately 15 minutes. Skylab IV preparing for the
33rd Earth survey in this mission. Commander @reald Cart
will be operating the control and display panel of the EREP
instruments. Science Pilot Ed Gibson will be operating the
Earth terrain camera, the SI90B through the antisolar scientific
airlock, while Pilot Bill Pogue will be operating the view
SL-IV MC2560/2
TIME: 06:27 CDT, 73:11:27 GMT
1/27/74
finder tracking system telescope for the S191. Next acquisition

in 14 minutes through Hawaii. The crew will be in the Z-LV
attitude at that time for the Earth resources pass nearly
ii,000 miles - ii,000 nautical miles in duration, the longest
Earth resources pass in Skylab.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2561/I
Time: 07:14 CDT 73:12:14 GMT
01/27/74
PAO Skylab Control. Hawaii pass in i minutes.

The crew may be on voice actuated con - co_, so we'll bring
the line up now for this 3-minute pass, as the crew begins
the 33 - 33rd EREP pass of this mission.
PLT EREP START at 16: (garble)
CDR 15.
PLT Okay.
CDR On my mark it'll be 12:15:00 with an
EREP START. Stand by.
CDR MARK it. EREP START. 06 stand by.
CDR MARK. 194 to MANUAL. 15:30 is next.
CC Skylab, we're with you for 3-1/2 minutes
Hawaii.
CDR Hi, Hank. Okay, stand by for 15:30,
stand by.
CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETER, RADIOMETER is
ON. We're cutting a wide swath through the Pacific.
PLT Man, I don't see anything out of this
VTS.
CDR Must have left the cover on.
PLT Yeah.
PLT See nothing or anything you want to, depending
on your frame of mind.
PLT I tend to concentrate on keeping 0000 here.
Looks like it wants to drift a little, this morning.
CDR Hank, out of the monitor checkout, the
only one that was not at the proper value was Delta 4, it's
reading about 45 percent. My little cue card says it ought
to be between 57 and 87.
CC Okay, we copy, Jer.
PLT The first time you do 192 to READY.
CDR 92 goes to READY at 25:36.
PLT Okay. It's just about time we coast in.
PLT What is that?
CDR Noise.
PLT Sounds like an ATM pump.
PLT (Garble)
CDR Hank, (garble) take a look at ATM coolant.
We just heard a (garble) change in noise up here.
CC Okay, we will.
PLT Going to get the San Joaquin Valley
there, coming across.
CDR Good.
CDR Well, that's where you got your low
stratus, thatTs typical for this time of year too. Sounds
like it's coming from.
PLT I - just sort of a general direction. You
go ahead - -
SL-IV MC-2561/2
Time: 07:14 CDT 73:12:14 GMT
01/27/74
CDR Yes.
PLT You go ahead and watch that I'll -
CDR I still got 8 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, the ATM C&D loop flow
has dropped down a little bit since you started your pass
and the flow seems to be a little bit erratic and it may
have been the pump.
CDR Okay, the 191 cooler is sounding very bad.
That's what it is. It's beginning to quiet down now, it's
just all of a - well, there it (garble)
PLT There it went again.
CDR Sounds like a high speed electric motor
PLT Grab it.
CDR grabbing or loaded down and then released.
CDR Hope we don't loose that rascal.
CDR So you might have the guys on the ground
keep an eye on their 191 temperature
PLT (Garble)
CDR - - and everything.
PLT Was it Charlie 7?
CDR Look it up.
PLT No.
CDR Also, Hank, would you - here it is,
yeah, Charlie 7.
PLT It might pay to keep an eye on Charlie 7
there.
CDR Okay.
CDR (Garble) right now.
CC We're about i0 seconds from LOS, see you
in 3 minutes at Goldstone.
CDR Okay, Hank.
PLT There it goes again.
CDR Yeah.
PLT The whole thing is coming down around our ears.
CDR (Laughter)
PLT Did you hear?
CDR Let's take a look at Bravo 7 and 8, those
are a couple of them too. Bravo 8 is supposed to be very low,
and that's (garble) pressure, it's i. And, thermal detector
temp looks good too.
PLT (Garble) I had to make about - oh, I'd
say a half a dozen corrections and up there on [garble) and two
corrections left/right, which is a bit unusual. I haven't ever
noticed this many corrections being required before.
CDR I noticed yesterday it was a little bit
erratic.
SL-IV MC2561/3
Time: 07:14 CDT 73:12:14 GMT
01/27/74
PLT Swathing the nadir.

PLT You don't have any spares for that thing
here, I'm sure. (Static)
PLT Okay, went to i LEFT again.
PLT Goldstone's locking up. [Garble)
CC Skylab, we're with you _or 9-1/2 minutes.
CDR Okay, Hank.
CDR The 191 cooler gage temps, hanging
in there, right - very steady. That cooler motor or what_
ever it is, is sure changing tone every once in a while.
CC I thought I heard it there once, while
you were transmitting. Does the pitch drop down?
CDR No, it goes up. You got a _ -
PLT I'ii tell you what, let me put my mike
down there and see if I can get it.
CDR If there's enough to key the - Well
let's key the (garble) push to test.
CDR Key your transmit button.
(NOISE)
CDR Do you hear that, Hank?
CC Roger.
(NOISE)
CDR See if we can't get it while it's
oscillating.
(NOISE)
CDR It's (garble) (NOISE) there, did you
hear that? (NOISE)
PLT (Garble)
(NOISE)
CDR There, you ought to have heard that, Hank.
CC Rog; we heard that. Sound llke a bird
chirping on top of it.
CDR Yeah, it's a considerably - very, very
significant change in frequency.
PLT Just did it again.
PLT And that - that the bird chirping is
more or less is the steady state. There is a definite change
in frequency that we were talking about, Hank. I don't
know if you heard it or not.
CDR Yeah, what is it, about 4,000 -
PLT Oh, gosh, I don't know.
CDR 4,000 hertz, Bill?
PLT Yeah, I'd buy that.
CDR - pumps up to about 6 or 8 and then
back down to 4.
PLT Yeah it Just wooo_ oooh_ Wooo: Oooh!
CDR Yeah.
CC Rober. Say, it sounds llke a squeal there,
(garble) like something was metal on metal or something.
SL-IV MC-2561/4
Time: 07:14 CDT 73:12:14 GMT
01/27/74
PLT Yeah, (garble) - -

CDR Yeah.
PLT That's what I say, a grabbing; sort of sounds
like somethings grabbing in there.
CDR Sounds like a high speed electric motor
that every once in a while grabs or - -
PLT Bearing shaft.
CDR - - gets a load on it, it - it bears down
on the load and then frees up again.
PLT Or a pump capitating.
CDR (Garble) could be that too.
CDR Okay, I've got a mark coming up here at
25:16.
PLT Okay, we're coming up on the coast.
CDR Let's see; ought to be able to see Santa
Barbara and some of those places - -
PLT No, can't do anything with the VTS, though.
CDR - - off to the right.
PLT How about a nadir swath?
CDR Yeah. See you going in over Vandenberg?
PLT Just about.
CDR Okay, you're just north of Santa Barbara,
right on the coast.
PLT Right.
CDR Beautiful city.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2562/I
Time: 07:25 CDT 73:12:25 GMT
1/27/74
CDR Okay. Coming up on 25:16 for the next

mark.
PLT Got a pass right over Tonopah, Nevada.
The garden spot.
CDR Right.
CDR 25:16. Stand by.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER OFF.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER OFF. MODE to X-TC.
POLARIZATION I. 25:36 is next. Stand by
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. Got a high
speed. Tape motion looking steady. 42, RADIOMETER ON.
I was 2 seconds late. RADIOMETER came on at 25:44. Next
mark's at 28:20.
CC Bill, we get up here a little further,
we'd like to have you comment on whether you can see the
Gulf of St. Lawrence. The times that you'd be able to see it
approximately 37:30 to 39:00.
PLT Okay.
CC What we're interested in there, Bill, is
the cloud cover.
PLT Okay. yeah, it's dark over California.
CDR Yeah. It's a too early in the morning
there. 5:30 in the morning.
PLT Time they got up and went to work.
CDR Right. Get an early start on the freeway.
PLT It's a low pass. (garble) in a couple of
times; wake them up.
CDR Okay. I minute to my next mark.
PLT Now - coming up on Salt Lake . I still
don't see anything. In fact_ we're just going to catch the
southern end of it.
CDR You still nadir swathing?
PLT Yes. This goes right up to _ actually it's
two segments but it really doesn't any difference, it's all the
same. 30:46.
CDR Okay. Wetre coming up on 28:20 now.
Stand by
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. Give the tape
recorder and the 192 a rest and then put it back in. Next
mark's at 29:10. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 192 back to READY. TAPE MOTION,
we've shifted gears and looking good. 30:20 is next. 191
cooler (garble) is still hanging in there, 55 percent. Hankp
would you ask the guys on the ground if therets anything
else I can be looking at?
CC Okay. Will do.
PLT Okay. We're Just starting to get some
light. 30:46 ~ yes,
SL-IV MC-2562/2
Time: 07:25 CDT 73:12:25 GMT
1/27/74
PLT 30:46 looking good.

CDR Coming up on 30:20. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. 30:40's next.
Coming up on 30:40. Stand by
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. An angle
roll of plus i arc.
CREW 30:46.
CDR Plus a 15.
PLT Okay. I'm going to look ahead here.
CDR Next mark's at 12:31:00. Stand by
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER ON -
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER ON. 15 is next.
PLT Okay, now I have an auto - VTS AUTO
CAL along in here somewhere, don't I?
CDR Yes; you're coming up, at 32:15. At
31:15, stand by -
CDR MARK. 191 REFERENCE going to 2, we're
i minute from a VTS AUTO CAL.
CC Roger. We're about 15 seconds from LOS.
Bermuda'll be coming up in 3-1/2 minutes_ and when we get
a chance, Jer_ we'd like to get a readout on Bravo 7 and
Charlie 7.
CDR Okay. Bravo 7 is 33 percent, Charlie 7's
reading 355. Aha. Sunlight in the window. Got no excuses
now, Bill; you can see the ground.
PLT I can't. Still not light enough.
CDR Oh.
PLT And let's see (garble/static) VTS AUTO
CAL (static)
CDR Coming up on 34:55_ looking for a 38 -
S191 READY light on. READY is on at 55, EREP to STOP. 191
REFERENCE to 6. ALTIMETER is going to STANDBY, waiting for
36:43.
CC Skylab, we're back with you for 6 minutes.
CDR Okay, Hank. Hank, on the ready veri-
fication the guys in the back room on S190 should remember
in the frames callout to give us two digits, not one.
CC We copy.
PLT Also_ on the maneuvers, Hank, I've got
the solar inertial maneuver but it's only indicated on the
maneuver pad itself_ which was given to the SPT. It'd be
nice to in the middle of the column itself there - here in my
VTS pad put PLT there for SI. SI maneuver where it's called
out. It calls out all the maneuvers_ just because you got a
maneuver on your VTS or C&D pad doesn't mean you do it.
CC Okay_ we copy.
PLT And I'm looking for clouds. There's -
I'm starting to see surface features now, barely.
SL-IV MC-2562/3
Time: 07:25 CDT 73:12:25 GMT
1/27/74
CDR Okay, Ed. l've got an ETC POWER ON at

36:43. Coming up on 36:43.
PLT (Garble)
CDR Standby.
PLT (Garble)
CDR MARK. ETC POWER ON.
PLT Okay, The Gulf of St. Lawrence is over-
laid by very thin stratus, and looks like, high cirrus or
haze layer. That's about all I can tell, Hank. It's so
diffuse it sort of puts everything out of focus. It does
not look like a heavy cloud layer at all.
CDR Okay. On my mark it'll be 37:31 with
an EREP START. Stand by
CDR MARK. EREP START at 37:31. At 37;
stand by -
CDR MARK. The RADIOMETER is ON, at 43.
Stand by -
CDR MARK. S190 went to AUTO. ETC to AUTO
at the same time. 37:55 is next. Stand by
CDR MARK. 192 to MODE READY. 38:37's our
next mark. We got a shift in tape speed, looking good. I
got a MALF light on magazine number 5.
PLT Okay. The Gulf of St. Lawrence is clear.
I can see the ice plumes. Gosh, beautiful. At the upper
Gulf of St. Lawrence probably.
CDR Okay. Coming up on 38:37.
PLT Okay.
CDR Stand by for 37. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK.
PLT Since I'm probably taking data here anyway
I'm going to just put mark the data pushbutton that I'm on ice
plumes right now.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2563/I
TIME: 07:38 CDT, 73:12:38 GMT
1/27/74
PLT Okay
CDR Stand by for 37. Stand by.
PLT Since we're probably taking data here
anyway, I'm going to mark the data pushbutton that IVm on
ice plumes right now, 38:46.
CDR Coming up on 38:54. Stand by.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER'S to STANDBY.
PLT Okay, I'm going to go to clearer area of
the water. Data mark at 39 even.
CDR Okay, 190 READY light went out at
03. ETC to STANDBY. 39:12 coming up.
PLT Okay, IVm going to go - -
CDR MARK. 190 to STANDBY. SHUTTER SPEED to
MEDIUM; FRAMES 55. 39:30 is next.
PLT 39:15 I started peaking a snow - and ice -
covered island land area.
CDR 39:30, stand by.
CDR MARK. 193 to X-TNC L/R. POLARIZATION is
5. 39:42 coming up.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER OFF.
CDR 39:50's coming up.
PLT Okay, I'm going to my (garble)
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON.
PLT (Garble).
CDR Carried a malf light on magazine number 5
all the way through. That last pass with S190 got an ALTIMETER
UNLOCK light. Oh, 39:58 I missed a single, I got it at
i0_ 40:10.
PLT Doggone camera.
CC Skylab, see you at Canaries in 4 minutes.
CDR Okay. Still got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK but
still have a READY.
PLT Okay, my camera is continuing to run but it's
not clicking off frames. I dontt understand that noise itVs
making, I've cycled the power off and on about five times now
on 191.
CDR MARK. 190 MODE SINGLE. 42:16 is the next
mark.
CDR Ed, you said something on the intercom
and I didn't hear what you said.
CDR Roger.
CDR Bill got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK, just lost
the READY light, it's going off at 25 - correction, STANDBY
at 25. ALTIMETER back on at 41:40.
SL-IV MC2563/2
TIME: 07:38 CDT, 73:12:38 GMT
1/27/74
CDR MARK. 190 SINGLE.

CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at 39.
CC Skylab, we're back with you 9-1/2 minutes.
CDR Roger.
CDR ALITMETER just doesn't want to stay locked
up.
CDR ALTIMETER lightVs out at - on the hour
and on the minute I should say. I just turned it to STANDBY
at 03.
CDR ALTIMETER's back on at 18; UNLOCK light's
out.
CDR There comes the ALTIMETER UNLOCK light
again.
CDR Coming up on 45:51.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. 190 MODE SINGLE.
CDR ALTIMETER READY OUT at 04; 46:04. Turn
it off at 05; stand by, I should say_ at 05.
CDR ALTIMETER on again at 20.
CDR Next's mark at 46:45. Got an ALTIMETER
UNLOCK light at 39. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. RANGE is
now going to 78. 47:00 is next.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER ON. 47:08 is next.
CDR MARK. 190 MODE SINGLE.
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK light AT 15.
PLT Quite a change in sea state, it was pretty
rough there about 2 minutes ago.
CDR Coming up at 48:08. Stand by.
CDR MARK. SINGLE on 190. ALTIMETER READY light
is OUT. Going to STANDBY at 13.
CDR 48:38, Ed, we'll want the ETC POWER ON.
CDR Okay, at 48:28 the ALTIMETER's back on
again. 48:38. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ETC POWER ON, 48:53 is next.
PLT Just a little wake.
CDR 48:53. Stand by.
CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. Still got a
malf light on number 5. ETC should be AUTO now. 49:05 is
coming up.
PLT Standing by for nadir swath.
CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. 49:30 is next.
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK on - is on at 12.
CDR Coming up on 49:30.
CDR We'll need an ETC at STANDBY 49:30.
SL-IV MC2563/3
TIME: 07:38 CDT, 73:12:38 GMT
1/27/74
CDR/PLT MARK.
CDR SHUTTER SPEED FAST, ETC STANDBY. Next
mark's at 50:00.
PLT Few clouds - -
CDR Still got a malf on magazine 5.
PLT You strata cu. Clear water.
CDR ALTIMETER OFF at 50. READY LIGHT was
off at 50 and I went to STANDBY; that was 49:50. At 50:00
ETC to STANDBY.
PLT (Garble)
CDR MARK. 06 coming up; 12 50:06.
PLT Stand by Atlas Mountains. ii, camera off.
CDR ALTIMETER's back on.
PLT (Garble) stops.
CDR It's going to have to come off again in
20; 50:20.
CDR Stand by. Mark it ALTIMETER to STANDBY
at 26.
CDR MARK. The RADIOMETER to STANDBY. 193
MODE to X-TC, plus 30. POLARIZATION is i. 50:55 is the next
_o_e .
PLT Okay, now I think I'm getting some jet
stream cirrus over the desert (garble) jet I'ii be pushing
the data but on just for kicks.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2564/I
Time: 07:50 CDT, 73:12:50 GMT
1/27/74
PLT - just for kicks.

CDR 50:55 coming up. Stand by -
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, ON.
CC How does the cooler sound now?
PLT It's still doing the same thing. Still
cycling.
CDR Doesn't seem to be getting any worse now.
CDR Charlie 7 is reading 58. Bravo 7 is reading
33. 51:35, Ed, ETC to AUTO. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 51:35. Next mark's at 52:00.
PLT Tracking up for a clear point in the desert.
Wait till I get this zero up-down and then I'll (garble) a nadir
swath across this cirrus.
CDR Coming up on 52:00. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 190 to 1 REFERENCE is going to 2.
Got a 191 READY on at the same time. 53:45 is the next mark.
I did not notice when the S191 READY light went to off. It
came on just as I was moving the REFERENCE from 6 to 2. Sill
got a MALF light on magazine number 5.
CC Skylab, we're 1 minute from LOS. Honey_
suckle is next at 29, that's 36 minutes from now.
CDR Okay. We_ll see you then, Hank. Coming
up on 53:45. Stand by -
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. Correction
SCATTEROMETERp now the RADIOMETER to STANDBY at 47.
PLT 53:57. Okay. I'm going to go do the
SI maneuver.
CDR Stand by -
CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETER's back to ON
again. 54:20's next. Coming up on 54:20. Stand by -
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY. SCATTEROMETER
to STANDBY. 54:55 is next. At 54:55, Ed, we want the ETC
to STANDBY. Coming up on 55. Stand by -
CDR MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM on 190.
ETC to STANDBY. 55:07 is next. Stand by -
CDR MARK. S192 (static)
12 hours 55 minutes with 3 minutes remaining in the EREP data
take as Skylab looses signal through the Canary tracking station.
A pass which began over Hawaii with the Skylab in the start
of the EREP data take. Crew reported a noise at first thought
to come from the ATM coolant loop. However, the EGIL officer
here at the Mission Control, reported to Flight Director
Gene Kranz, no apparent glitches in that system at the time.
SL-IV MC2564/2
Time: 07:50 CDT, 73:12:50 GMT
1/27/74
Crew then said apparently it came from the S191 cooler or the -
which cools down the instruments for the S191 experiment or
the EREP package. This noise persisted but the ground EREP
officer reports no degradation in the instrument performance
through telemetry here at the Mission Control Center. As the
spacecraft passed over the Sierra Nevadas_ Pilot Bill Pogue
commented on Tonopah, Nevada. This is a site which the space-
craft will pass over later today, again gathering data on
geothermal activity in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Crew
gave a very vivid description of the EREP pass as the space_
craft went over the hill. Acquisition again through Honeysuckle
in 32 minutes. The spacecraft should be reoriented by that
time, back to solar inertial attitude. The G&C officer
reporting that ii mibs are anticipated to be used in the
total maneuvering for this pass this morning. Next acquisition
through the Honeysuckle tracking station in 31 minutes and
50 seconds. At Greenwich mean time 12 hous 57 minutes, this
is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2565/I
Time: 08:28 CDT 73:13:28 GMT
1/27/74
PA0 Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time

13 hours 28 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Honey-
suckle tracking station in 50 seconds. Skylab should be
back in solar inertial mode at this time. During the EREP
pass concluded through tracking stations wheel speed on the
CMG number 2 dropped from 8850 down to about 8808. However,
GNC indicates this will probably be back up on this pass.
We'll be looking at the telemetry concerning CMG number 2
during the Honeysuckle pass.
CC Good morning, Skylab. We're AOS Honey_
suckle 9 minutes.
CDR Good morning_ Crip. The EREP tape re-
corder film rem - tape remaining is 4.7 centimeters.
CC 4.7. Thank you.
SPT Morning, Crip. Howls the crimson team
doing this morning?
CC Oh_ wide awake_ alert; ready to go to
work. Say, I know I promised I never would do this to you
again, but because of the early EREP this morning you never
did get any morning news, and I'm willing to attempt it if
you're willing to listen some time that might be convenient.
CDR We're all earsp Crip. Fire away.
CC I was afraid that was what you were going
to say.
PLT Yes, wetve had our breakfast, Crip. We
can stand anything now.
CC I don't know. With me reading the news
that's quite a bit_ especially after breakfast. Okay. To
start it out: With the energy crisis taking its toll of
jobs, the Nixon administration is weighing a proposal to help
workers hunt new employment and relocate at government ex-
pense. The government provided limited financial help to
aerospace workers hit hard by layoff in 1971 to explore job
prospects and for moving expenses that year. Although there's
been no decision on the new proposal_ the Labor Department
has already put to work a numher of other measures used in
1971. Among them are an early warning system to provide ad-
vance notice on plant closings and computer job banks to re-
lay Job opportunities throughout a network of 2400 state
and federal employment purpose offices. Another item from
Washington. The Senate Watergate Committee has postponed a
new round of hearings scheduled to begin next week to avoid
prepedieing the trial of two former Nixon cabinet members.
ChairSan - Chairman Sam Ervin, Jr. did not say when they
would be rescheduled. A one sentence statement offered no
explanation for the action beyond the reference to the im_
pending trial of former Attorney General John Mitchell and
former Commerce Secretary Maurice Stans. Arab oil ministers
SL-IV MC-2565/2
Time: 08:28 CDT 73:13:28 GMT
1/27/74
are expected to debate the future of the oil boycott against

the United States at a meeting of the Organization of Arab
Petroleum Exporting Countries in Tripoli, Libya next month.
The Arabs have split between moderates who advocate relaxing
the ban and hardliners who want to continue it. King Faisal
of Saudi Arabia, holder of the world's biggest known oil
reserves and the leader of the embargo, is one of those who
oppose the halt of the ban until Washington presses Israel
to withdraw from all occupied Arab lands. Democratic Cong_
ressional leaders promise to help solve the nation's energy
problems and called on President Nixon to work as a partner.
They commented in response to President Nixon's energy
address to the nation a week ago. The Democrats' reply was
made in a nationwide radio address by Representative John
McFall, Democrat of California, House Majority Leader. Here's
an interesting one. A well-dressed man in a pin-striped
suit walked out of Tiffany's well-guarded 5th Avenue jewelry
with a diamond and rubly ruby necklace worth $45,000.
Clerk said the stocky man had taken off his overcoat, put
it on the glass showcase in which the necklace was displayed.
As he retrieved his coat, he reached into the showcase and
took the wreath_like platinum and gold necklace. A photo-
graph of the necklace adorns the cover of the paperbat
paperback book, "The Tiffany Toughp" a history of the store.
Store detectives ran after him but lost him in the crush of
shoppers. The detective commented, "You probably couldn't
get out of John's Bargain store with a pocket comg nowadays
because they always have some gorrilla at the door, but you
can walk out of Tiffany's and get $45,000. It's incredible."
Well, the luck of the Irish ran out last night. Their ju-
bilance in breaking UCLA's 88-game (break) lasted only 1
week. Last night in Los Angeles the Irish were no match
for the Bruins. The Irish went down 19 points at the bell,
or were down 19 points, at the bell with the score 94 to
75. And another little sports item. Joe Fraizer and Muhammad
Ali will meet tomorrow night in a 12-round rematch at Madison
Square Gardens. The Garden is sold out, and some 400 arenas
and theaters around the country will carry the fight on
closed circuit television. Both Fraizer and Ali are guaranteed
$850,000 each, but there is a dis distinct possibiliy
that each man will could receive as much as $3,000,000,
about what they made on their first encounter, I might even
get in the ring for that. But what both men want is their
pride restored and it can only be done in the ring, and only
by one of them. We_ll let you know the outcome tomorrow.
That does the news. One item for CDR and PLT. We mentioned
practicing for TV-6 on the upcoming M092 run today, and we're
SL-IV MC-2565/3
Time: 08:28 CDT 73:13:28 GMT
1127174
planning to schedule you to do it on the VTR on day after to-

morrow, day 75. We expect that you may have streamlined M092
procedures by now and the exact TV callouts in your book and
cue cards may not exactly fit. If you'll just spend a little
time looking at the pictures and notes in the TV OpsBook,
we think you'll see what the intent is and you guys are
getting so smooth on TV that we're confident that you can get
the pictures we want without sticking to the exact words in
the checklist, and I believe that's all I got for you right
now.
CDR Okay, Crip. Thank you, and on the S190

film we could see no good reason for downloading the S190
cameras and taking all that back to the film vault so we
left it loaded. Wonder if there's any reason why we shouldn't
do that?
CC We'll check it for you. We'll look into
it for you, Jer. The reason it was originally scheduled
was the couple of passes through the South Atlantic anomaly,
but we'll check it out and see whether that's a real con-
straint or not.
CDR Okay.
SPT Say_ Crip; I've been trying to find
aurora out the STS windows now for about three different
occasions and I can see nothing. I suspect a good part of
it is that I'm not looking at the times when we're either
furthest south or furthest north. I'm wondering if the
people down there could figure out the optimum times, not
just before sunset, before sunrise. I can't be doing that
every orbit coming up here with a camera. If they could
figure out the optimum times and which window to be looking
I think we can stand a much better chance to get some of
them.
CC We'll do that for you. That's the
reason we're request - Should have it for you.
SPT Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston_ at anybody's convenience,
we're showing our duct 2 flow a little bit low. We'll
appreciate a confirmation on what your reading is on board
on panel 617 whenever you can get to it.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2566/I
TIME: 08:37 CDT, 73:13:37 GMT
1/27/74
CC Skylab, Houston; at anybody's convenience

we're showing our duct 2 flow a little bit low. We'd appreciate
confirmation on what your reading is on board on panel 617
whenever yon can get to it.
CDR We're showing 475, Crip. It does look
low.
CC Okay, I think we were showing something
substantially less than that. So, it sounds llke we may have
a little telemetry problem. 475, copy.
CC We're about i minute from LOS. Next station
contact is through Hawaii in ii minutes at 13:49. We'll be
doing a data/voice recorder dump there.
PLT And, Crip, just information, there is
a sort of a variation of about 5 to i0 psi, in that duct 2 flow.
CC Okay, thank you, Bill.
PLT That's that cfm.
CC Rog.
13 hours and 40 minutes with loss of signal through Honey-
suckle. Next acquisition in 8 minutes and 25 seconds will
be Hawaii for a 9-minute pass. GNC officer reports 13 mibs
were used during today's EREP pass. This is three more
than anticipated. Ten had been predicted for the three maneuvers
to return, two maneuvers into SLV, and i maneuver back to Sl,
solar inertial attitude. Wheel speeds through Honeysuckle
still range between 8 - 8 - 8850 rpm and 8829. They went
as low as 8808 during the last data take through Bermuda and
Ascension. However, the wheel speeds are back up now to the
normal which - normal speed which has been the case for the
last 72 hours of about 8850. Next acquisition through Hawaii
in 7 minutes and 25 seconds. At Greenwich mean time 13 hours
and 48 minutes with acquisition coming through Hawaii. Commander
Gerald Carr to scheduled to begin the MO92/MI71 medical experiments
lower body negative pressure vectorcardiogram. This is the
8 - will be the 19th time Commander Carr has performed the
M092. Seven more performances of this experiment will be
scheduled for the remainder of the mission. This will be the
10th time he's performed the MI71 with two remaining performances
for the remainder of the mission. We'll bring the line up
to this Hawaii pass, 9 minutes and 59 seconds in duration.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS at Hawaii for
9 minutes, and we'll be doing a data/voice recorder dump
here.
CDR Roger, Crip. And a question on this TV-6.
SL-IV MC2566/2
TIME: 08:37 CDT, 73:13:37 GMT
1/27/74
If we get it set up and feel good about it, can we go ahead

and shoot it today?
CC (Garble). You've got a go for that.
CC Okay, we dropped out there a little bit.
Don't know if you heard me, Jer, but you got a go to do the
TV if you feel comfortable with it. And regarding the film
for 190, it's fine to leave it loaded.
CDR Okay, great.
CC For CDR or PLT, also regarding the 190 film.
We would appreciate if sometime between the two passes here to
get a frame count on air-to-ground because - primarily because
of mag 5's problem.
PLT Okay, it looks good Crip. The frame count
as follows: 0656, 2834, 0381, 9739, 1510, 0447.
CC Okay, real good, Bill. And during your
pass - during the EREP pass there was a comment made regarding
a camera being inoperative or something not running film.
Were you talking about the DAC, or were you referring to one
of the 190 mags?
PLT I was talking about the DAC not going off.
You know, sometimes the DAC on the VTS hangs up, and when
you turn the camera switch off it continues to run. It may
or may not be working the shutter. I had that problem today.
It's the first time I've ever encountered it. I cycled the
power switch about five times, that didnVt work. I finally
turned the power off and pulled the magazine off_ reinstalled
it and it then started working all right. It apparently was
not moving a whole lot of film because I only used 3 percent
during the pass and that was on that one short nadir swath
just off of Morocco.
CC Okay, and did it operate normally after
you I mean after you put the mag in did you have a chance
to have it cut back on and off then?
PLT Yes, I'd used up my i0 seconds of throw-
away film out on the desert, and it turned off properly after
that.
CC Okay, real fine. Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're i minute from a
1-minute LOS.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2567/I
Time: 08:58 CDT 73:13:58 GMT
1/27/74
CC And we're back with you once more

through Grov - Goldstone for 7-1/2 minutes.
SPT Hello, Crip_ Are you with us?
CC Oh, going to lose you here in about
30 seconds, Ed, then we'll have again in about 4 minutes
through Bermuda.
SPT Okay. l_m just wondering whether you
have enough VTR on the ground of H-alpEa i and good state
and degraded state.
CC We'll check that out. We were just
pondering here whether it's going to be any problem with
we gave Jer a GO while ago on the TV-6, and you're also
scheduled to do some ATM VTR stuff and we're saying we're
making sure we can coordinate all that.
SPT Okay. We can probably work that out
here as far as coordination_ but I just got a good H-alpha
picture now and if you already got enough of it I won't give
you any even a smidgin.
CC We've got plenty of good H-alpha so you
don_t have to use detail for that. Over the hill.
CC Skylab, Houston, with you through Ber-
muda for 9 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're i minute from
LOS. We'll have you again in 2 minutes through Canary.
And we show 26-1/2 minutes remaining on the VTR for your
use .
CC Skylab, Houston, we're back with you
once more for 16 minutes through Canary and Ascension. SPT,
Houston. Ed, would this be a convenient place to talk about
your aurora request or you want to hold up until a little
bit later when you're not working ATM?
SPT No. Go ahead now, Crip.
CC Okay. In reviewing the situation down
here looking at this PGM 18 Charlie that you have, the -
where it says here that you can't get the southern hemisphere
from sunset to sunset plus 8 minutes and then northern from
8 minutes before sunrise to sunrise, those are of course the
times that you are at max latitudes for picking it up, and
what we do down here - unfortunately we only have observatories
available to us in the northern hemisphere, but when we pick
up a report from them of active aurora, we'll go ahead and
give you a call and tell you your next available GMT for
going up and taking a look at it, and also, I guess, is
naturally when it's active in the northern hemisphere it -
there'a a good possibility that it's going to be active in
the southern; so we'll go ahead and give you corresponding
times to those. But wetli also try to select a window for
you. However, I guess our past experience has been that you
SL-IV MC-2567/2
Time: 08:58 CDT 73:13:58 GMT
1/27/74
guys usually ended up picking up the best windows rather

than us.
SPT Okay, Crip. That was our concern is
that when we would be 8 in that 8-minute block we might not
be at a high latitude, and I'm wondering what'd be useful if
you just want to go ahead and give us that information any-
ways from whenever the particular times happen to fall
during the day. Maybe it'd only be two or three times
and we can come on up and take a look during that time, but
we do not do it every orbit, which is the way it was working
before.
CC Rog. Well, it - it so happens that I'm
still trying to puzzle out the geometry of it, but you are
at high latitude at these times that we have given you
with respect to sunrise and sunset; so,for this day
period that it specifies which goes through day 78 now.
SPT I'm sorry_ Crip. I had something going
here. Would you repeat the last sentence_ please?
CC Rog, I was just repeating what I said
earlier that for the day period through today, through 78,
the times that we have given you with respect to sunrise and
sunset do designate when you are at the high latitudes.
SPT For anytime during the day?
CC Yes sir,
CC SPT, Housotn. Ed, you got a moment to
jot some numbers down?
SPT Go ahead, Crip,
CC Okay. All of our discussion about aurora
must have generated some. All of a sudden we were flooded
by indications that we had sighted some. To give you some next
times down in the southern hemisphere, at 14:44 to 15:02 would
be a good time to look out. And in northern hemisphere, 15:28
to 15:36. Still trying to come up with a window.
SPT 14:44 south and 15 -
CC 28.
SPT 28 north. Thank you.
CC Roger. That's goed_ and welre about
30 seconds from LOS. Next station contact is through Honey-
suckle at about 31 minutes at 15:09, and you guys have about
20-I/2 minutes remaining on your VTR for your use. Correction
on that. We've got Carnarvon at 15:05 instead of Honeysuckle,
so that's about 26 minutes away.
14 hours 39 minutes, Loss of signal through Ascension. Next
acquisition will be Carnarvon tracking station in 25 minutes.
Following performance of the M092/M171 run today Commander
SL-IV MC-2567/3
Time: 08:58 CDT 73:13:58 GMT
1/27/74
Gerald Carr will Rave an hour and a half block time for
personal hygiene and his daily exercise period while Pilot
Bill Pogue performs the MI31 vestibular function test. This
will be the sixth time its - the crew has performed this mo-
tion sensitivity test. This is the first time they will
rotate the litter chair in a clockwise motion, stop, and
then rotate the chair in a counterclockwise motion, each
time rotating their head. The chair will speed at 30 rpms
throughout this test. Pilot Pogue is the first to perform
this experiment at Greenwich mean time 16 hours. Commander
Carr is scheduled to do it later this afternoon at Greenwich
mean time 20 hours. This is fifth 5th run of the MI31, of
actually seven planned runs of this experiment. Next
acquisition will be through Carnarvon in 23 minutes 45 sec-
onds. This is Skylab Control at Greenwich mean time 14 hours
40 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2568/I
Time: 10:03 CDT 73:15:03 GMT
01/27/74

15 hours and 3 minutes. Acquisition coming through Carnarvon.
A 5-minute-and-30_second pass. We'll bring the line up for
CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston, wetre A0S through
Carnarvon. We have you for about 8 minutes.
CC And, for the SPT. Ed_ we went the wrong
way with our 8 minutes in giving you the max latitude
on - for the southern aurora. It so happens that you're still
in the time frame that might get it though and until about
15:10, and our recommendation for window would be S-3.
SPT Thanks_ Crip.
SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Go, SPT.
SPT Yes, Crip, I was able to get off two
shots, but one of the problems we have is that_ in the south
we've got the ATM solar panel obscuring the horizon and I
was able to get a couple of shots through the open spaces
in the solar panel, although they're not too spectacular.
And, then up to the north, when we're looking out these
windows, we got the ATM itself, blocking out the view. So,
I think, at this - when we're on this side of the beta - that's
the negative beta angle, it sure makes it hard when we had
a positive beta the a little over a month ago, or still
earlier in the mission, we should have had beautiful displays
of it and I wish we had all the film data at that time.
CC Rog; understand the problem. Understand
you could see some visible aurora, this time. Is that correct?
SPT Yes, it was. A green glow above the
horizon maybe - well I couldn't say how far across the
horizon it - it branched_ because I couldn't see very much
of the horizon at all. It was not anywhere near as spectacular
as what we saw a little over a month ago, about 5 weeks ago.
CC Okay, very good. Appreciate the info.
Incidentally, the handheld 170, the laser operations coming
up at 15:41, Lo-and-behold Goddard is clear and you're GO
for that. Incidentally_ we left the solar angle off of that
and it's off your pad, it happens to be 28 degrees.
SPT Thank you.
CC Okay_ we're about 30 seconds from LOS.
Next station contact is through Hawaii in 16 minutes, at
15:29, 15:29.
14 - 15 hours and 14 minutes. The second EREP pass of the
day begins at Greenwich mean time 18 hours and 56 minutes.
This will be a descending pass down the west coast into
Mexico, Central America_ and into South America. The - the
data take will gather information for snow cover mapping in
SL-IV MC-2568/2
Time: 10:03 CDT 73:15:03 GMT
01/27/74
the Sierra Nevada Mountains, as well as collecting pollutant

concentrations in areas of California, where no monitoring
stations now exist, specifically in the Feather River area
of California. Classifications of rangelands in the Sierra
Nevada Mountains, as well as determining daytime thermal
imagery over the general area of Nevada, which was included
in the previous pass, this morning, the predawn pass over
Nevada, which gathered geothermal data. Mineral exploration
in Arizona and Nevada are also tasks for this upcoming EREP
pass, the 34th in the mission of Skylab IV. Geological
exploration and mapping is included in the pass in the Mexico
City area and a task site yet to be included in EREP for
Skylab IV, or in that manner, for a Skylab, is the Orizaba
Vera Cruz, Mexico area, where a high - highway engineering
and regional planning information is desired by Mexican
government. Land use inventory also is the target in south-
east Mexico, as well as geothermal studies again comparing
nighttime studies prevulus - previously gathered in other
EREP passes in Central America. Crop inventory and insect
disease damage in Ecuador. Photo mapping of Paraguay as
well as sensor performance thoughout t_e EREP pass, At the
close of the EREP data take information will be gathered on
Lake Titicaca, in Peru, using the S191 infrared spectrometer.
Next acquisition will be through Hawaii in ii minutes and
30 seconds. T_is is Skylab Control at Greenwich mean time
15 hours and 17 minutes.
15 hours 27 minutes. Acquisition coming through Hawaii,
a 4_minute pass. We_ll bring the line up for CAP COMM Bob
Crlppen, Flight director is Don puddy.
CC Skylab, Houston_ AOS Hawaii for 4 minutes.
from LOS, Next station contact is over Goldstone in 8 minutes
at 15:40. 15:40, and is the CDR working away there on
his on the bike_ for 171, you guys are GO for the EREP pass
coming up. We are getting some final weather updates here,
but right now she is GO.
CREW (Garble) Crip.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2569/I
TIME: 10:36 CDT, 73:15:36 GMT
1/27/73

15 hours 37 minutes. Loss of signal through Hawaii. The
crew was given a GO for the second EREP pass of the day.
The first maneuver for this pass will begin in approximately
2 hours from now at Greenwich mean time 17:30. The pass
starts at Greenwich mean time 18 hours and 56 minutes and
lasts 29 minutes covering a groundtraek of more than 7000 miles,
gatherin_ data on 20 - more than 20 sites, 29 sites total,
gathering oceanographic information, geothermal information,
agricultural, mapping, geological, and mineral exploration.
We'll bring the line up to this stateside pass as Skylab is
in its 3725 revolution, day 258 for the i00 and ton - i00
ton space station.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS through Goldstone.
We have you for about 5 minutes.
CDR Roger_ Crip.
CC And, SpT, for your information_ your phone
call is set up this evening at 01:50, and ittll be antenna
right all the way. And we'll give you another reminder of
that a little later.
CC SPT, Houston. We show two gimbals on a
stop, drifting out of attitude. If you can do the little
maneuver back, we'd appreciate it.
SPT On my way.
CC You're pretty close_ you may get a reset
out of it.
CC Okay, Ed, we show a reset. You can forget
about it.
SPT I just hit standby when you called, Crip.
CC Copy.
SPT Once it makes its mind up to do a reset
it presses on no matter what?
CC Let us check that for you.
SPT I did hit standby and I didn't know whether
that had cleared it or not_ but looks as though it's really
steaming out to do a reset.
CC Yeah, I believe it - it does go ahead and
complete the the full process.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're 1 minute from LOS.
We'll see you again in 2 minutes through Texas.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS through Texas
at this time. We have you for about 12 minutes. And at Bermuda
upcoming in, oh, about a minute, we're going to be wanting to
do a data/voice recorder dump.
SPT Belt away.
CC Okeydoke. And for the SPT. On the laser
SL-IV MC2569/2
TIME: 10:36 CDT, 73:15:36 GMT
1/27/74
instead of having it red this time it will be yellow-orange.

SPT Thank you, Crip. Glad you told me that.
CC I figured you would appreciate that piece
of information.
PLT Okay, Crip, we have it.
CC Very good.
CC Can you tell whether it's yellow-orange.
PLT That's affirm.
PLT Okay, it just blinked, and Ed's getting
pictures.
CC Very good.
SPT We can still see it, Crip.
PLT We can still see it, Crip.
CC Rog, copied it.
SPT How many watts is that_ Crip?
CC Let me check it for you.
CC One watt.
SPT Rog°
SPT It's pretty impressive, Crip, 1/60 of
a light bulb, that's doing all right from this distance.
CC Yeah, they really know how to concentrate
the energy.
CC From what I understand I don't think you
would like 60 watts.
PLT Probably wouldn't be looking at it very
long.
CC Rog.
CC Bill, while you're there, for this EREP
pass upcoming, we got a couple of caution and warnings that
we recommend inhibiting. That's a BAT CHARGE LOW on 2, 3, 7,
and 8.
PLT 2, 3, 7, and 8. Roger.
CC Rog.
SET Still got it, Crip.
CC And you can really see it. You're out
almost mid Atlantic now.
SPT Yeah, I lost it visually, but I can track
it from 200-millimeter lens.
CC Rog.
CDR Still got it with binoculars, Crip.
CC That's fantastic.
SPT How far out are we now, Crip?
CC Oh, you're pretty far. Let me see if I
can get a milage.
SPT (garble) is just how much that beam had
spread out at this distance.
SL-IV MC2569/3
TIME: 10:36 CDT, 73:15:36 GMT
1/27/74
CC If you can see it now, we're in trouble

because it's off. (Laughter) But you're - you're out in
the vicinity of Bermuda right - right now.
SPT I was wondering just before they turned
it off what the beam width was when it finally (garble)
CC I'ii see if I - Let me see if I can get
it for you.
CDR Crip, the yellow-gold is not as easy to
find as the grain is, but you can sure see it for a long
ways.
CC Okay, thatls a good comment. You were
in access of 1200 miles there when they - when they turned
it off.
SPT I had it in the 300-millimeter lens up
to just about a little before they turned it off; probably
around I000 miles.
CC Rog.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2570/;I
Time: 10:58 CDT 73:15:58 GMT
1/27/74
CC Skylab, Houston, incidentally, for in

case you guys start getting ahead today any place, although
I have a feeling where you would do it, later on this evening
we have Jer and Ed scheduled to to do some IR photos, and
we would like to change the subject from the CDR to the SPT.
And we'll reschedule for Jer and Bill tomorrow.
CDR Okay, Crip.
CC Okay; we're about 30 seconds from LOS.
Next station contact in 9 minutes through Ascension at
16:09, 16:09.
PLT So long, Crip.
CC Bye.
16:00 hours. Loss of signal through Bermuda, the stateside
pass. There was the use of thruster attitude control system
gas following a normal period where the CMG's momentum is
dumped. The automatic CMG momentum dump maneuvers are per-
formed throughout each rev. The function of the momentum
management is to prevent gravity components - components of
gravity gradient and other disturbances from saturating the
control moment gyro system. At - following this automatic
dump, the vehicle got out of ra - the vehicle got out of its
prescribed orbit slightly, out of its attitude rather than
orbit, and as a result 21 mibs minimum im _ impulse burns
were initiated automatically by the TACS system, a total of
about 120 pound seconds of thruster attitude gas was used.
This was in addition to the ii that we used earlier for the
EREP maneuver. So a total of 35 mibs used today in the EREP
pass and subsequent momentum dump maneuver just concluded
about 35 minutes ago. EREP reports to Flight Director Don
Fuddy that there are five mandatory sites which are still
clear for the upcoming EREP pass. In addition there are 23
other desirable sites still, weather clear for the EREP pass,
the second of the day, Maneuver for this EREP pass will be-
gin in approaxlmately 90 minutes at Greenwich mean time
17 hours and 30 minutes. The EREP data take will begin at
EREP pass will begin at 13:56 - 18:56 Greenwich mean time,
lasting for 29 minutes. Next acquisition in 5 minutes and
15 seconds through Ascension. At Greenwich mean time 16 hours
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time 16
hours 7 minutes. Acquisition in 45 seconds through Ascension
for a 7_minute pass. We'll bring the line up for CAP COMM
Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS through Ascen-
sion. We have you for 7 minutes.
CC For the SPT and the PLT, looks like we
confused you a little on the way we wrote the plans out. We
SL-IV MC-2570/2
Time: 10:58 CDT 73:15:58 GMT
1/27/74
had meant to schedule an MS only and we see you doing OGI.

We would like for you to go ahead and terminate the OGI and
do the MS only because we don't have enough time to do both.
SPT Okay, Crip.
CC We got a keyhole coming up here shortly,
and I'ii call you out of it. Incidentally, that same thing
is applicable this a - on this afternoon's 131 run.
PLT Rog.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute from
LOS. Next station contact in 24 minutes through Carnarvon
at 16:39, 16:39. And for the SPT and PLT, just in case
there might be any confusion about it, what we want today
on the 131 is a full set of head motions in each direction,
or in one direction first. If there's no problem, with it,
then reverse and go full stretch the next way.
PLT Roger,
16 hours 17 minutes. Loss of signal through Ascension. Next
acquisition in 21 minutes and 20 seconds will be Carnarvon
tracking station. G&C officer advising Flight Director
Don Puddy0 Total of 39 mibs used in this CMG desaturation
maneuver a short time ago. This was unplanned for. They're
looking at data to determine what causes use of TACS. However,
this does not present any problem at this time. The plan's
still going ahead for the upcoming Earth resources pass. The
use of this - these TACS systems today. At the start of today_
the TACS system aboard the Skylab space station was 15,881
pound-seconds of fuel remaining. During yesterday's EREP maneuver
only total of 75 pound seconds were used. More than double
that already used for todayts maneuver and desaturation of
the CMG momentum. Next acquisition will be through Carnar-
von in 20 minutes. At Greenwich mean time 16 hours and
18 minutes this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2571/1
Time: 11:38 CDT 73:16:38 GMT
1/27/74

16 hours and 38 minutes, a 5rieflng here at Mission Con-
trol center on the upcoming EREP pass. A fast moving
cold front, moving down the state of Nevada, has effectively
wiped out two - two of the sites the EREP instruments would
be looking at. One is Tonopah, Nevada, which is the inter-
section of groundtrack 6 and groundtrack 2, which was flown
earlier this morning. Hopefully instruments would have
gathered data, prior predawn data on geothermal areas and
then gathered data this afternoon after the Sun has risen
in that area. Howeverp the EREP pass is still GO. 23
desirable sites and five mandatory sites on the upcoming
EREP pass. Bring the line up for the Carnarvon pass, i0
minutes 40 seconds in duration.
CC Skylab, Houston, AOS Carnarvon 10-1/2
minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston_ we're 1 minute from
LOS. Next station contact is Guam in about 3_i/2 minutes
at 16:52, and Dr_ William Lenoir is standing by to chat with
Ed a little bit there.
SPT Okay, Crip.
16 hours and 51 minutes. Acquisition through Guam, a pass
i0 minutes in duration, during which time backup Science
Pilot Bill Lenoir will be discussing the ATM operations of
the day with Skylab IV Science Pilot Ed Gibson.
MCC Skylab, Houston through Guam for i0 min-
utes and the ATM conference. Over,
SPT Hello, Bill. How are you this morning?
MCC Oh, not bad. One thing here we'd like
to rewind the VTR here so we can dump it over the States
if that's all right with you.
SPT ThatVs great. Go ahead.
MCC Okay. A couple words here on the Sun be-
fore we get into some other things here. Prominence 77, NOAA
advises me that detection here indicates that it is slowly
fading. We still see a small amount of material out be-
tween 0.08 and 0.13 solar radii off the disk. No streaming
is visible. A fairly significant Doppler shifting is detected.
We have made no attempt to correct here for rotation, though.
What is detected is shifts greater than 1 angstrom to the red
and also up to 3/10 of an angstrom to the blue, and that's
at H_alpha. Then I've got some words on the coronal hold
that we_ve been studying the last few days. I just talked
to Pat McIntosh just before I walked in here and he showed
me an interesting sequence of this particular region of
the Sun starting in September with some activity that he
feels is related to the development of this that triggered
SL-IV MC-2571/2
Time: 11:38 CDT 73:16:38 GMT
1/27/74
this X-event that we saw in the SL-3 mission._. A negative

polarity bay that was initially up toward north of there
developed in coalesce with another one and has then been
squeezed from the east by a stronger negative polarity bay.
And in between we had a positive area that has apparently
become the initial part of the coronal hold and we have been
able to see that how we think it has evolved over this time
frame, and in addition it is definitely related to solar wind
as observed here at the Earth and that when the coronal hold
is one the front and on the west side we detect significant
solar wind here and that's one of the reasons why recently
you've had more auroral activity to look at. You might find that
this is an interesting thing to get more into when you get
back here. I mentioned it to you now because I thought you
might be interested even though it is disappearing over the
west limb.
SPT Okay. You're saying that the - they're
oprn field lines (garble) there and that allows a material
to come out quite rapidly.
MCC Apparently that's what's happening.
SPT Okay. I'm surprised that it results
from the squeezing - from both sides. I would think that
would tend to produce activity, but I guess the activity
is produced on the either edge of it; that's what - but not
in the center.
MCC I think that's right. I'm not totally
up on it myself, but it would appear that what was squeezed
in the middle wasn't very strong anyway. It may have just
formed _ sort of submerged and formed a big, negative bay.
PST Okay. As it was going over the limb here
it looked as though it were getting pinched in two.
MCC Okay; fine. Let's see. Couple of words
on today's activities. You have an orbit that begins at
21:54 Zulu and Jerry has one beginning at 23:27 Zulu,
and what's happening there is JOP 17A building block
28 that I'm referring to, we scheduled an "if" on 82 Alfa.
For 82 Alfa, synoptics for the day, they still want a long
l-minute and a short 20-second exposure. If we can get this
in concert with the JOP 17 studies, this would help to
give additional information on the subject there in par-
ticular to supply 55 with the collaborating data there. So
if these bright points came be found within a half solar
radius of the center_ we would like to take these 82A ex-
posures one at a time. The long for you and the short for
Jerry. If not, then we would go ahead and do them as
scheduled in the building block i, the following orbit that
you do. If either or both are obtained during the 17A,
then we want to delete that one or both form the BB-I, and I
think our words say that but I wanted to make sure that I
brought it up.
SL-IV MC-2571/3
Time: 11:38 CDT 73:16:38 GMT
1/27/74
SPT Yes. You said that on the solar activity

pad but I've not had a chance to go through it in detail and
read the schedule. Does it say it there, also?
MCC It says it there also, but I wanted to
make sure that in case the words were confusing that we got
a chance to talk about it here.
SPT Okay. So on one of the orbits, the first
one, I would take one exposure and Jerry would take the
second one if the conditions are met.
MCC Right, and on the BB-I then you would
have to check with Jerry to see if he took his or not. If
he did not then you would take it there. Otherwise you
would delete it.
SPT Okay.
MCC Also_ we're doing the JOP 7 sunrise look-
see for 82B here to see when it settles down when the fine
Sun sensors have properly acquired and H-alpha stops moving,
and unless you've got some more questions on that I won't
talk any more about that.
SPT No, I don't.
MCC Okay. Then a look into the future.
Tomorrow is JOP 25 Bravo super raster, and that will take
seven of tke eight orbits we have scheduled for tomorrow.
The following day we will be doing a JOP 13, and we will be
using JOP 18 techniques to do it since we do not have a star
tracker anymore. The subject is - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2572/I
Time: 11:58 CDT 73:16:58 GMT
01/27/74
MCC Also we're doing the JOP 7 sunrise look -

see for 82B here to see when it settles down when the fine
Sun sensors have properly acquired and H-alpha stops moving,
and unless you've got some more questions on that I won't
talk anymore about that.
SPT No I don't.
MCC Okay. Then a look into the future here,
tomorrow is JOP 25 Bravo Super Raster, and that will take seven
of the eight orbits we have scheduled for tomorrow. The follow-
ing day we will be doing a J0P 13, and we will be using JOP 18
techniques to do it, since we do not have a star tracker anymore.
The subject is gamma valorem (?) which is a magnitude of plus 2.
The reason for wanting to do it and the reason why it's very
important is_ that is has potential implications for changing
the way we would design the LST for Shuttle. Apparently,
between us and gamma valorem the interstellar hydrogen has
been significantly ionized, removing most of the atomic
hydrogen so t_at we can have the potential for seeing wave_
lengths below the hydrogen absorption edge at 912, in other
words below the Lyman continuum here. Detection of radiation
in the region 300 to 500 angstroms would be of great signifi_
cance to astronomy. There has been a tentative detection
below this, however the - and it was a significant detection,
greatly above any optimistic predictions. But, the spectra
of scattered light being the real cause of what was seen is
a possibility, Confirmation by an independent instrument
would certainly help. We know that scattered light is
negligible in S055 and on the basis of what was seen, 55 would
be able to detect it. So_ we will be trying to make this
detection out there well below tb_e Lyman continuum. We will
be moving out and taking several different rasters of obser_
rations, some of which would be associated with looking at
the radiation below the Lyman continium, other would be
associated with just trying to look at the integrated light
as best we could to verify that indeed we have gamma valoreum
in the field of view. So_ that's coming up in 2 days and
I thought you'd be interested in some of the background.
SPT Yes, I would and getting that on the 52,
55 field of view is going to be a trick also. I, as you
know, in the JOP 18 we always were questionable as to what we
were really looking at, we didn't give a strong enough signal
to ever confirm that we really had the nucleus at any given
time. l_d appreciate any further thoughts you folks
have on how we can do that, if you've got any other stars
that would be in the field of view, we could use as a reference
that would be very useful.
MCC Right now, it doesn't look like that
would be the case and I've got the Harvard people in the
SL-IV MC-2572/2
Time: 11:58 CDT 73:16:58 GMT
01/27/74
backroom trying to come up with some numbers for expected

counts, although I suspect this would be a lot like the comet,
it would be an expected count, plus or minus several orders
of magnitude type of thing.
SPT Okay, if we're looking at a count where
which is like a half a count or something, then we're back
into the same problems we had before.
MCC Right; understand. And, right now, I
don't know what it is, but hopefully, by tomorrow, I sould
be able to tell you more.
SPT Will it be a JOP 13 or JOP 18, in format?
MCC Right now, I believe, it's a JOP 13 in
format, although we're doctoring it up in the middle, to
have you come out reacquired at 52's field of view and then
recenter it after each of the rasters.
SPT Okay.
MCC Okay, I'm sorry. Crip, has just corrected
me. It is to use a JOP 18 Delta JOP itself.
SPT Okay, that I think would be a little
cleaner and neater.
MCC Okay, fine. And then one last thing
here on my notes for today, if you had any comments or
observations t_at you wanted to make about our operations
yesterday. We were all extremely pleased kere with the way
things went and from what we see, it looks like you worked
super hard on it, probably worked more orbits than either
you or we had initially intended. Just hope you enjoyed it
as much as we did.
SPT Yes I did, Bill. I enjoyed it quite a
bit. When you're able to home in on a given problem or given
set of problems, and not have to do three or four (garble)
three or four different things in the same day, I think it's
a little enjoyable. First I was able to use the flexibility
of not having to come up with a JOP and a building block by
number and then go into the observations for those. I knew
what each instrument wanted and what was on the Sun and just
went into it with that and if I could fit a name on it afterwards,
fine, if I couldn't then fine, too. And I think that's the way
we may be working more in the future, once we can get set
up like we did yesterday. Now the way we were initially had
been set up in Skylab and the way we've been operating of
course won't permit that. But, I think, certainly in Shuttle
we ought to look to that type of operation, although having
building blocks and joint observing programs written out, I
think is useful, and may be used (garble) explicitly at some
times, but we shouldn't feel confined to it, nor should the
operator.
MCC Okay, break here one minute, Ed. According
to the clock here, we're going LOS from Guam right now,
SL-IV MC-2572/3
Time: 11:58 CDT 73:16:58 GMT
01/27/74
Goldstone is next in 15 minutes at 17:18, and we can probably

talk another 30 seconds here over the hill.
SPT Okay, the other advantage I had was
in the fluent schedule. Had I been restricted to, say, four
orbits or five orbits, I would not have been able to accomplish
some of those things (static-garble)
MCC Break, Ed. You're disappearing in the
static, we can talk some more tomorrow about it and see if
there's anything we need to do in the future.
17 hours and 3 minutes with loss of signal through Guam.
Next acquisition through the Goldstone tracking station in
14 minutes and 30 seconds. Solar conference with Science
Pilot Ed Gibson and here at the Johnson Space Center was
backup Science Pilot Bill Lenoir, discussing yesterday's
activities specifically where the plan was that Science
Pilot Gibson perform a Shuttle type operation of the ATM
instruments, not working from a preplanned activity list as
heretofore been done in the Skylab program. He had a given
set of objectives and then he performed the experiment using
the experiments he felt was best to accomplish each of the
objectives. Yesterday, only 2 hours were scheduled to
be spent at the ATM console however, Science Pilot Gibson
devoted much of his off-duty time however, it was an unsuccessful
search in one area for polar plumes, coming from the two polar -
the north and south pole of the Sun however, he did take
data on coronal hole and studied a prominence on the southwest
limb. He also performed synoptic observations and he also
yesterday participated in three seperate science conferences
with Nell Sheeley who is co-Pl on the S082 experiment. He
had spent 6 hours and 13 minutes at the ATM console yesterday.
Next acquisition through Goldstone in 13 minutes. At Green-
wich mean time 17 hours and 5 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV Mc2573/i
Time: 12:17 CDT, 73:17:17 GMT
1/27/74

17 hours 17 minutes. Acquisition coming through Goldstone,
a pass going through Goldstone, Texas, MILA and Bermuda
tracking station. We'll bring the line up for CAP COI_M Bob
Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston, We are AOS across the
States for 15-1/2 minutes. Also - -
PLT Okay, Crip.
CC Okay. Also, we'll be doing a data/voice
recorder dump through MILA here in 5 minutes and I've got a
couple of items I need to talk about. One to Ed and one to
Bill, if whoever's convenient.
SPT Go ahead, Crip.
CC Okay, Ed. On this upcoming Z-LV maneuver,
we got called out for you to initiate it. If you have that
pad or can get it, I would like to give you some new rates.
The ones we have on there are in error.
SPT Go ahead, Crip. I'm ready to copy.
CC Okay. Starting off with the maneuver to
Z-LV offset, X is minus 0.057. Y is plus 0.006 and Z is minus
0.006. For the maneuver to solar inertial attitude, X is plus
0.022, Y is minus 0.042, and Z is plus 0.013.
SPT Okay. Go into Z-LV offset is minus 0.057,
plus 0.006, minus 0.006. Going into SI is plus 0.022, minus
0.042, and plus 0.013.
CC Okay and thatTs a good readback. For your
information, our MMP run down here showed that there is a
possibility of a couple of more resets for after the EREP
that we're going to do this afternoon. The first potential
one that will be around 21:50 while you're at the ATI_ panel
and think we'll also have ground contacts so we can kind of
be looking at that situation again. If we - if you have to
take action on that one, there's a high probability that we
may get into one around 02:30, normally when we're not talking
to you and we'll keep you advised of that in case that situation
arises.
SPT Crip, if you see one coming up at the very
beginning of the orbit, as soon as you come out of the dump,
do you go ahead and initiate it then and save yourself a problem
during the ATM data take period?
CC Normally, I think you are going to see it
coming right after the dump and - So that, you would normally
have a chance to take opportunity on - take action on it rather
before you really get into the ATM stuff very much.
CC Also, I was incorrect on that 21:50. We
will not have station contact with you but on the last one
prior to that, I'll remind you of it.
sL-IV MC2573/2
Time: 12:17 CDT, 73:17:17 GMT
1/27/74
SPT Okay.
CC Okay and if Bill is handy, a couple of -
I need to run over a couple of items with him too, please.
PLT Go Crip.
CC Okay. Can you verify for us, Bill, that
you did inhibit those caution and warning BATTERY CHARGE LOW
that I gave you so we can go ahead. We're going to inhibit
the discharge limit on them.
PLT Negative. I have not done that yet. I'll
go do that right now though.
CC Okay. Real fine. One other item before
you go do that. Want to mention to you, you gave us a readout
on the 190 mags and I guess it's the indication is that it
was still clicking over. However, that is not conclusive
and what we would like to do, if yon have an opportunity prior
to that next EREP pass, is to go ahead and take that station
5 mag off and mark a spot on it with a felt tip pen and put
it back. Do a single to see if we can get it advanced and
go back and take a look at it to verify that it advanced or
not. If - if it did advance, go ahead and reinstall it and
do a normal prep film advance and if it does not advance, we
want to go ahead and replace it with the mag L-5.
PLT Stand by.
PLT Roger, Crip. Understand the check you
want me to do and if it doesnVt turn out well, I'll replace
it with magazine Lima 5.
CC Very good. Thank you, Bill.
PLT Correction - Okay.
CC Lima 5 is correct.
SPT Crip, before I get the Z-LV going here,
why don't I give you a short update on the Sun?
CC Please do.
SPT Okay. XUV monitor, we show up the active
regions which are called out, 21, 34, 36. 34 and 36 look small,
relatively weak compared to what we see coming across disk
previously as we'd expect. Also there is one up there at
around 280.9, about the same intensity. That's the one we
mentioned that maybe coming over the limb yesterday and that
looks about as bright as 34 and 36. White light coronagraph
shows a relatively small change except at the streamers on the
west limb are not anywhere as bright at the base. TheyVre
becoming little narrower, pointed, more sharply defined. We
have one at 120, not quite radial, maybe heading ii0. Very
small one at 095, defused, very sharp pointed one at 085, and
one at 060. I don't see anything out there at 030 which we've
seen previous days. Doesn't show up in the photograph or on the
TV. A very sharp elongated helmet streamer at 270, one which was
SL-IV Mc2573/3
Time: 12:17 CDT, 73:17:17 GMT
1/27'74
at 260 yesterday, seems to have faded away. I should say the

left side of - or southern side of the one at 270 is rather ragged
and that may be it. The two of them coming together and you can't
distinguish them anymore. But it certainly looks llke things
have quieted down. We can just see the coronal hole now as it's -
right at the edge of the limb and it appears to reach up to
the north from maybe 0.9 - take a nothernmost part that we
saw yesterday, it's a zero or 100.9. There's a little channel going
straight up toward to the north. That'd be 0.i radii, very
thin links to width ratio perhaps 4 and then extends, of course,
further on south, maybe to 130 or so. I think we've got some
reasonably good data on it yesterday as well as this morning.
CC Okay. Real fine. Appreciate that rundown
on it. There isn't much action going on there. From the picture
that we have down here, it looks like a big bowl of oatmeal or
something.
SPT That's about it, Crlp. There's a few
interesting things we can work on, but they're not the dynamic
T high intensity type things you - that get a little more exciting.
CC Rog. The famous Ed Gibson, "Quiet Sun."
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2574/I
Time: 12:28 CDT 73:17:28 GMT
1/27/74
CC Okay, real fine; appreciate that run-

down on it. Afraid there isn't much action going on there
From the picture that we have down here it looks like a big
bowl of oatmeal or something.
SPT That's about it, Crip. There'a few
interesting things we could work on, but they're not the
dyna- dynamic, high-intensity-type things that get a little
more exciting.
CC That's the famous "Ed Gibson Quiet Sun."
SPT That's a heck of a thing to talk about.
CC I wouldn't do that. Well, I'ii get off
you back here while you're getting this maneuver coming up.
SPT Okay. 55 is still running. I'ii just
stop them and go to SI.
CC For the PLT, if you got a moment, Bill,
another question I would like to ask you.
PLT Go, Crip.
CC Okay, Bill. To get us an idea of how
well that 191 cooler is - is working, it would probably
help if when you're powering the thing up if you can get a
time from when you turn the power on until the READY light
comes on.
PLT Will do, Crip.
CC Okay. We'd appreciate it. Thanks very
much. Also, I got some weather for you, and we only got
about 3 minutes left here and as slow as I am reading weather,
it's probably be more convenient if I give that to you over
the upcoming Carnarvon pass or through Fuam.
PLT We'll just wait and get it at Guam, Crip.
CC Okay; fine.
PLT Those battery low charge lights are
inhibited.
CC Okay; real fine. Thank you.
PLT 2, 3, 7, and 8.
CC Copy. Okay. We're i minute from LOS.
Next station contact is through Carnarvon in 44 minutes at
18:18. We'll be doing a data/voice recorder dump. And as
we go over the hill, we dumped a little of the VTR and you
got 22 minutes available if you need it for anything.
PLT Okay, Crip.
17 hours and 35 minutes. Loss of signal through Bermuda.
Next acquisition in 42 minutes and 30 seconds will be the
Carnarvon tracking station. The crew presently in their
eat period. Today menu number i for the crew, Commander
Carr having turkey rice soup, tuna and bread sandwich, orange
drink, and ice cream. Science Pilot Gibson has spaghetti,
turkey rice soup_ peaches, grape drink with a - and a biscuit.
SL-IV MC-2574/2
Time: 12:28 CDT 73:17:28 GMT
1/27/74
Pilot Pogue has chili, biscuit, orange drink and strawberries.

The crew preparing for this afternoon's Earth resources pass
number 34 in the mission of Skylab IV, a stateside pass be-
ginning north of San Francisco going down through San Fr
California and Nevada, Arizona, into Mexico. As the space-
craft crosses over Central America the EREP instruments will
be aimed at volcanoes in Guatemala, the Santiaquito, the
Acatenango, Fuego and Pacaya volancoes. Spacecraft
crosses into South America_ EREP pass will end. Later to_
night what may be the closest approach of a manned U.S.
spacecraft to another nonrelated orbiting object will occur
this evening at 9:14 p.m. central daylight time over the
Atlantic Ocean off the African coast. Skylab as it makes
an ascending pass going northeast across the Atlantic near
the Ascension Island tracking station will pass within
3-1/2 miles of an object from an Air Force launch vehicle.
The vehicle designated 0V32 was launched on October 28, 1966,
into a polar orbit. The orbiting piece is approximately
i meter square and will pass beneath Skylab moving from
north to south. The Skylab will be at midnight in the orbit
directly opposit the Sun. A new Moon in the sky with an
extremely low possibility of the crew being able to see the
or - orbiting object. The two orbiting objects will pass
in the night in almost opposite directions moving at about
25,000 feet per second. This is the equivalent of standing
still and being passed by an object moving at about 35,000
miles per hour. At the time of the encounter Skylab will be
441 kilometers, or 274 statute miles, above the Earth over
a point in the Atlantic at latitude 6 degrees 43 minutes
46 seconds north, i minute - i degree 12 minutes 33 seconds
west longitude. Skylab at that time will be in an orbit of
41 431 by 442 kilometers, or 267.9 by 274.8 statute miles.
The orbiting object_ a piece of the launch vehicle which
put the Air Force object in space. It will be an orbit of
338 by 778 kilometers, or 210 by 483.4 statute miles, at an
inclination of 82 degrees. The maneuver for the upcoming
EREP pass made through the stateside pass 9 a fine Z-LV maneuver
will be made prior to the start of the E - EREP pass at
Greenwich mean time 18 hours and 42 minutes. The vehicle
will return to solar inertial attitude Greenwich mean time
19 hours and 25 minutes. G&C officer reports that ii mibs
are expected to be used in the maneuver into Z-local vertical
and return to solar intertial. Acquisition in 38 minutes
through Carnarvon. At Greenwich mean time 17 hours and 40
minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2575/I
Time: 13:17 CDT 73:18:17 GMT
01/27/74

18 hours 17 minutes. Acquisition coming through Carnarvon
for a 5-minute pass. We'll bring the line up for CAP COMM
Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS through Carnarvon;
we have you for 6-minutes.
PLT Crip_ I need a check on the camera
position 5 and it is moving film.
CC Beautiful, that's good news. Thank you,
sir.
CC Skylab, Houston_ we're 1 minute from LOS.
In 9 minutes_ we'll have you at Guam and if you'd like I can
read you a little bit of weather there. Thatts at about 18:32.
PLT (Garble), Crip, thank you.
PLT Crip, are you still there?
CC Yes sir.
pLT Okay? I got the number on the 191 cooler
(garble) ready light. It was 28 minutes and 40 seconds,
approximately.
CC 28 minutes 40 seconds.
PLT 28 (static-garble)
CC Roger; copy. 28 minutes.
PLT Affirmative.
PAO Sky lab Control. Greenwich mean time
18 hours 26 minutes with loss Guam. Skylab crew already
in the voice actuated mode for the EREP pass coming up over
the United States, down through Car - California, Nevada,
Arizona, Mexico, over Guatemala, taking (garble) on volcanoes
in Guatemala_ and passing down into Peru and Bolivia. Next
acquisition will be Guam tracking station in 5 minutes. At
Greenwich mean time 18 hours 26 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
PAO Skylab Control. Acquisition coming through
Guam in 50 seconds. We_ll bring the line up for the Guam
pass, 4-minutes in duration.
CC Skylab, Houston_ AOS Guam_ 4-1/2 minutes.
PLT Rog; Crip. And, ready to copy the weather.
CC Okeydoke, I'ii make a - make a shot at it.
When you come across the California coast it's going to be
pretty cloudy from broken to overcast. The valley, up in the
upper reaches where you're coming across it, is going to be
scattered, around the Red Bluff area, Soon as you cross over
to east of the Sierras you're going to pick up some high thin
clouds, broken - broken to overcast and that's going to continue
all the way down to the Jackass Flats, Nevada. Walker Lake,
target number 145 is probably going to be broken to overcast
above it, you may be able to see through it. It might be
kind of thin, From Jackass Flats - oh, all the way to Tucson
it should be fairly clear so you should be able to get Red
SL-IV MC-2575/2
Time: 13:17 CDT 73:18:17 GMT
01/27/74
Lake, target 197 with no sweat. On - from around Tuscon, it's

going to be broken down to Monterrey, Mexico, so Catherine
Playa, the site there, should be - should be eovered over. And,
then coming down through (garble) Mexico and Central America
should be clear to scattered, all t_e way down to the ITCC
and you should be able to get the volcano targets in Guatemala.
Then when you get to the interior of South America, that's
going to be pretty well clobbered again, pretty much over-
cast. Lake Titicaca is in the area, there's suppose to be
overcast, but it is - said that - the lake itself is
probably going to be be clear, then the coming across the
north - northern Argentina_ it will be fairly clear until
you get down around the coast and you're going to pick up
some overcast clouds again.
PLT Roger. Sounds like (garble)
but over the States.
CDR Cripp do we have any pictures of the
volcanoes in Guatemala in any of our - either handheld
photography book or in the EREP site book?
CC Oh, let me see if I can get you a quick
answer to that. We got about a minute left here.
from LOS. Next station contact is Goldstone in 18 minutes
at 18:55. And_ l'm not going to be able to give you an
answer to your question. Offhand, I'm afraid you don't have
anything on board_ I'ii see if I can give you some information
at Goldstone, but youtll be in the pass then.
18 hours 38 minutes. Loss of signal through Guam. Next
station pass will be Goldstone in 15 minutes and 45 seconds.
At which time the spacecraft Skylab will be in it's 34th
EREP pass of the mission. Weather report given to the crew
on this Guam pass, reference to Catherine Playa, this is a
lock dry lake bed outside of Wilcox, Arizona, just east of
Tucson and one of the targets of the S191 view finder tracking
telescope, which Commander Gerald Carr will be operating
during this EREP pass. Science Pilot Gibson will be operating
the Earth terrain camera_ the SI90B, while Pilot Pogue operates
the Control and Display panel of the EREP instruments. Next
acquisition in 14 minutes and 55 seconds, At Greenwich mean
time 18 hours and 39 minutes_ this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2576/I
TIME: 13:52 CDT, 73:18:52 GMT
1/27/74

52 minutes. Acquisition coming through Goldstone on EREP
pass number 34 along groundtrack number 6. This is the second
time in Skylab-lV that groundtrack 6 has been the target
of the EREP instruments. Data was gathered along this ground-
track on December 4 on mission day 19. We'll being the line
up. The crew will be on voice actuated comm.
PLT 19:03 even.
CDR Yeah, we got a pretty solid overcast so
far.
CC Sounds like we've locked up with you. We
got you for about 15 minutes through the States.
CDR Roger_ Bob. I'm seeing nothing but a solid
overcast right now. I finally located those volcanoes. I found
a reference to them in the Earth observations catalog, and found
on the maps that we have here, Earth observations maps, some
little crosses that show roughly where they are.
CC That's all you got. That's what I was
going to refer you to.
CDR Okay. I wish they'd have mentioned that in
the - in the pad. It would have saved me a lot of sweat and
strain lookin_ for it.
CC Rog. Sure glad I didn't Sure glad I - -
CDR I know I heard of them before because I
had them back on about day i0 or 12 or so, but it was cloudy
and I couldn't see them. But I couldn't remember where it
is I'd located pictures of them or map coordinates or so.
PLT Okay, Ed, about 1 minute at 56:50 with
ETC POWER ON.
CDR Okay, coming up on Walker Lake, and if I
don't see it immediately I'm going to shift to Red Lake and
just forget it.
PLT i0 seconds for EREP START.
CDR Okay, I see the California coast and the
clouds are breaking some.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK. EREP START. 194 MODE to MANUAL.
We're off and running.
PLT Okay_ a minute and 30 seconds for ETC
POWER ON. Stand by for 56:30.
PLT MARK. 56:30 SCAT ON and RAD ON.
PLT Okay_ standing by for ETC POWER ON.
PLT MARK. MODE POWER ON.
SL-IV MC2576/2
TIME: 13:52 CDT, 73:18:52 GMT
1/27/74
CDR 0kay_ think I got Lake Tahoe. Now we're

coming right over Lake Tahoe.
PLT 57:43 on my mark 190 MODE AUTO and at
57:50, which is 20 seconds off_ ETC to AUTO.
CDR Son of a gun. Walker Lake is the only
place that's got clouds over it. It's socked in.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK. 57:43 190 to MODE AUTO and stand by
for ETC AUTO.
PLT MARK. ETC, AUTO.
CDR Going for Red Lake.
PLT Duty MALF light on number 5.
CC Okay, guys be advised, you do have an
attitude error right now, but as soon you get about 6 minutes
into your Z-LV, that should correct it.
PLT Okay, stand by 5 seconds 58:20.
PLT MARK. MODE READY. And there we go, good
green TAPE MOTION light.
CDR Okay, we got Red Lake loud and clear.
PLT Okay, we got lots of good 192 data on
that area down there.
CC Okay, guys be advised, we have an outer
gimbal drive going on currently. You got out about 15 degrees
attitude error.
CDR Okay.
CC Should be correcting itself, though.
CDR Okay, it's still looking good here, out
through the VTS anyway. Going for Katherine Playa now.
PLT Standing by. Yesp your CROSSTRACK ANGLES
are probably all screwed up,
CDR Now it's kind of cloudy out here at
Katherine Playa way.
PLT Okay, stand by for 35 seconds past. (tone)
And there goes a CAUTION and WARNING. Stand by.
CC ThatVs no sweat, that's just - just a _ -
PLT I'll kick it off in just a minute. Stand by.
CC Youtre 20 degrees out, that's no problem.
PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK. Okay, I got a minute
here, I'm going to go punch that out. ETC to STANDBY at
138, Ed.
CDR Okay, CROSSTRACK's the big error and that's
going to keep me from finding old Katherine, I think. Scanning
around.
PLT Get rid of the (garble) in the air, anyway.
CDR Where are you, Katherine?
PLT Okay, waiting for _ -
CDR Okay, I got Katherine Playa, but I can't
I don't have enough gimbal to get there.
SL-IV MC2576/3
TIME: 13:52 CDT, 73:18:52 GMT
1/27/74
PLT 138, that's too bad.

CDR Son of a gun.
PLT ETC STANDBY at 1 plus 38, about 15 seconds,
Ed.
PLT (Garble) reference to 2, - - 44.
CDR Too bad.
CDR Okay.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK. 191 REFERENCE to 2.
PLT MARK. READY out on the 190, MODE to STANDBY,
and FRAMES to 24.
CC Okay, look, we need one of you to break
away. We're still going out of attitude. Put in a 6-minute
maneuver time and then a zero attitude -
CDR I'ii do it.
CC - - maneuver.
CDR Okay. 6-minute maneuver time?
CC Rog.
PLT 030.
CDR Want to go to STANDBY first don't I?
PLT Yeah_ you want to go to STANDBY first
and then - -
CC It it doesntt make any difference, you
can go whatever way you want.
CDR All right.
CC Yeah, right_ go to STANDBY and then back.
PLT Okay. And I need to get an AUTO CAL here
at 3 minutes. No sweat on that, I can get that easy. Back
and make sure I haven't skipped anything.
CDR Back to Z-LV.
PLT MODE STANDBY, FRAME 24. Okay.
CDR Okay, it's in_ Crip.
CC Okay_ this may not work. If it does not
we_ll probably have to go akead and terminate the Z-LV.
CDR Okay.
CDR I went to STANDBY, put in 6 minutes maneuver_
and went back to Z_LV.
PLT About 8 seconds to go in AUTO CAL, Jerry.
CDR All right.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK.
CDR You got it.
PLT VTS AUTO CAL. Thank you. Okay, - -
CDR Which way did we drift out_ to _ in roll?
CC Thatts affirmative, about X.
CDR Yeah it's too badp is the roll to the right?
CC Minus X.
PLT Okay_ about 1 minute for ETC POWER ON again.
SL-IV MC-2576/4
Time: 13:52 CDT 73:18:52 GMT
1/27/74
Carry on here if you tell us to Crip.

CDR Minus X now.
PLT That would have rolled you to the south,
wouldn't it?
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2577/I
Time: 14:04 CDT 73:19:04 GMT
1/27/74
CC We have to go ahead and terminate the

Z-LV.
CDR Okay. I went to STANDBY and put in
6-minutes maneuver and went back to Z-LV.
PLT About 8 seconds to go in AUTO CAL, Jer.
CDR All right.
PLT Stand by -
PLT MARK.
CDR You got it.
PLT VTS AUTO CAL. Thank you. Okay.
CDR Which way did we drift out to? In roll?
CC That's affirmative. About X.
CDR Yeah. That's too bad. Is it roll to the
right?
CC Minus X.
PLT Okay. About i minute for ETC POWER, ON
again. Carry on here until you tell us to regress.
CDR Minus X now.
PLT That would have rolled you to the south,
wouldn't it?
CDR Now, is that right? Roll to the south?
The error?
CC Yes, that's affirm. That's affirm.
CDR Okay. That's why Katherine Playa was
clear over on my left gimbal.
PLT Yeah.
PLT MARK. 4 minutes then I'ii take it to
STANDBY.
CDR I'ii take it to the left that these are
volcanoes.
PLT Okay, Ed. Coming up on I0 seconds for
ETC POWER ON.
CDR Okay, we're coming up on the Gulf of Mexico.
What I'm going to do is just track the coastline down and
when I get to - -
PLT Okay, stand by 4:30, ETC to AUTO there.
CDR the very bottom of it there which is,
or whatever that bottom part is, I'ii just cut across.
PLT MARK. ETC_ AUTO. At 36, I want SCAT,
STANDBY.
PLT MARK. SCAT, STANDBY.
PLT MARK. RAD, STANDBY. At 42_ I take angle
Okay. Angle right, and plus 30.
PLT MARK. ETC, STANDBY.
CDR Okay. I found the Pacific coast now.
Let'_s go down the Pacific coastline. How's the attitude
looking now?
SL-IV MC2577/2
TIME: 14:04 CDT, 73:19:04 GMT
1/27/74
CC It looks like it's slowly coming back.

CDR Good show.
CDR It'll be a miracle if I find them now.
PLT (Garble) on. I got those late because I
was trying to figure out that - we'll get 5:33 190 MODE to AUTO.
PLT MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO. 5:40.
PLT MARK. I have a READY light on 191.
REFERENCE going to 6. And at 5:50_ in about 5 seconds, ETC,
AUTO.
PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.
PLT MARK, RAD to STANDBY. 6:32. Stand by
for ETC going to STANDBY.
CDR Okay. The clouds here are going from
broken to overcast. This is up around -
PLT MARK. ETC_ STANDBY,
CDR Julapa (?) Okay. I'm all ready past
acquisition time for Santiaquito and itts solid overcast.
PLT Stand by
PLT MARK. (garble) READY on 1_2. Waiting for
17.
PLT MARK. RAD_ OFF.
CDR May be I ought to zoom in and look at some
of the holes in the cloud. Maybe 1'11 see a good
PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.
CDR See a runway. Okay, let's see. Should
be over_ead at 7:49. Yep. l'm in the right area. We're just -
we're clouded over. Yeah, I'm all the way into the left
gimble now.
PLT Standing by for 08:16.
PLT MARK. Okay t we're on STANDBY on 192.
Hey, I got a good shift down. ALTIMETER UNLOCK light at
08:30,
CC Okay, we're about a minute from LOS. Next
station contact is through the Vanguard and that's at 19:19.
A little reminder. You do not have the correct time in to
_o back to solar inertial, now. That's 20 minutes so you'll
have to reenter t_at when you do it. That should be during
the Vanguard pass, 1'11 give you a reminder there.
CDR Okay, thank you, Crip,
PLT ALTIMETER to STANDBY, MODE to 5.
CDR Looks like a volcanos in Guatemala are
bummers, Therets just too much - too many clouds.
CC Copy; and the attitude is looking good.
You can probably expect continued firing for desat.
PLT Waiting for 09:10.
PLT MARK. ALTIMETER ON.
CDR Bars of Fonseca is all clouded over.
SL-IV MC2577/3
TIME: 14:04 CDT, 73:19:04 GMT
1/27/74
PLT Waiting for 09:30. You should get a

READY out on 190.
PLT MARK. The READY is out 2 seconds early.
MODE to STANDBY. Frame 50. Wow. 50 okay. Waitin_ for
10:18 (garble). But I don't know why we set that up like
that.
19 hours and 12 minutes. Loss of signal through the Texas,
MILA - and MILA tracking stations. Acquisition in 6 minutes
and 50 seconds through Vanguard. Just as spacecraft Skylab
crossed the end of Nevada a de - spacecraft built up an
altitude - attitude rate of 20 degrees, causing a new maneuver
to be put into the vehicle from the ground. As a result,
the groundtrack was not directly under the spacecraft as
desired. The spacecraft was rolled away from the groundtrack
so therefore the data gathered today may be oblique in some
areas as opposed to being directly underneat_ the instruments
of the Earth resources package. Assessment of the situation
still underway here in the Mission Control center. The
spacecraft will begin to reorient back to solar inertial as
we regain acquisition through Vanguard. That previous maneuver
they used up 6 pound seconds. No, 6 mibsp or about 30 pound
seconds of TACS propellant. Flight controllers will closely
watch the CMG and the Skylab workshop guidance and navigations
systems telemetry as we go through Vanguard. The crew was
able to track some of the sites they thought they could not
get because of cloud cover. This - as we said before, this
ground track was covered back in December. Ground track 6
was covered on mission day 19. Next acquisition in 5 minutes
and i0 seconds through Vanguard. At Greenwich mean time
19 hours and 14 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2578/I
Time: 14:14 CDT 73:19:14 GMT
01/27/74

19 hours 17 minutes. Acquisition coming through Vanguard
at the close of EREP pass. We'll bring the llne up for
the EREP - Vanguard pass.
PLT A VTS AUTO CAL.
CC Back with you for i0 minutes.
CDR Okay, I'm looking at those two big dry
lake areas down south. Lago
PLT 15 seconds to VTS AUTO CAL.
CDR Lago de Bubo (?).
CDR What time's that AUTO CAL?
PLT 19:41, I'ii give you a mark.
CDR All right.
PLT Stand by -
PLT MARK.
CDR Got it.
PLT VTS AUTO CAL. ETC to AUTO.
PLT And 21:14 190 INTERVAL
CDR Okay, we're getting down into the wheat
country around Ascension. Got scattered clouds.
CDR Right straight below us.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK, 21:14 INTERVAL to 20 on 190. And
at 21:40 ETC will be going to STANDBY, Ed.
CDR Okay, I've got the DAC going for the final
i0 seconds on some farmland down around Ascension and to the
east. Great looking country, nice and green and lush, I
bet that's really productive.
PLT Waiting for 22:27.
CDR Just crossed the Rio Parana.
CDR Wonder if the old Falkland Current has
been seen today.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK, SCAT ON.
PLT MARK, RAD ON.
CDR I can just barely see the ocean.
PLT Waiting for 24 even.
CDR There appears to be a good deal of coastal
blooming here just north of the Rio de la Plata - mouth of
the Rio de la Plata. It all looks llke it's coastal blooming.
Now I see a big streak of it north of there. I'm going to
take a little DAC picture of it and a few frames of data here.
PLT Okay, 190 READY light out and 194 MODE
to MANUAL and 190 - STANDBY at 19:24.
CDR Okay, we'll look out to sea a little ways
now and see if we can find any -
PLT Okay, start the SI maneuver at 19:25 which
comes up 45 seconds. Plenty of time.
SL-IV MC2578/2
Time: 14:14 CDT 73:19:14 GMT
1/27/74
CDR All right. A little - few too many

clouds.
PLT Did look good at the maneuver times they'd
need?
CDR Yes.
PLT 30 seconds.
CDR Okay, I'll go on over there now. Give me
a mark at the time - -
PLT Okay, I'll give you a hack. i0 seconds.
CDR Okay.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK.
CDR Solar inertial.
PLT Solar inertial, Okay, and waiting for
25:06.
CDR Let's take a look at the rates.
PLT 6, SCAT to STANDBY. 8, RAD to STANDBY,
and EREP STOP. Okay.
CC Thing - -
CDR Uh-oh - -
CC Things are looking good down here. Our
congratulations on some mighty cool ops turning at least what
was a confused - very confused period here down in the MOCR.
CDR Thank you, Bob.
PLT Yeah, thank you. We're -
CDR I'ii tell you, our rates don't look too
terribly sterling. I guess they're headed in the right
direction. Y rates, yeah, they're looking good now.
CC Yeah, they - they're looking fine to us
now, and -
CDR Yeah, they're - they're settling out.
They looked a little wormy right after I went to SI, but
they're looking good now.
PLT Okay, go ahead to C&D post. Bravo 7
is reading 34. 92 DOOR going to CLOSED. Now, 26:10 (garble)
Close the _garble) window. Is he still looking out there?
CDR No, there's no problem, I'm Just zeroing
my gimbals.
PLT I -
CDR I hope mister S191 doesn't mind us using
frames here and thereof his film to take targets of opportunity.
And also punching a data pushbutton at targets of opportunity,
but some of these things, you see, you kind of hate to pass
up when you've got all this kind of -
PLT Yeah, the tapers running anyway - voice
annotated I think that's what I was doing this morning.
CDR Yeah.
SL-IV MC2578/3
Time: 14:14 CDT 73:19:14 GMT
1/27/74
PLT When we were getting those ice plumes

up there in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It's a shame to pass
up a target llke that. Okay, l'm going to finish recording.
CDR Okay.
CC We concur.
PLT Okay -
CC Sounds too tempting, don't pass them up.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-2579/I
Time: 14:27 CDT 73:19:27 GMT
1/27/74
CC They sound too tempting, don't pass them

up.
SPT Okay.
PLT Crip, the - the noise continued on the
191 cooler or whatever it is, but it appears to be working
nominally.
CC Okay. Copy that. Hope it continues to
do so.
CC We've got LOS coming up in about a minute
and a half. We have a pass at Tananarive at 19:47, about
19 minutes away. It's a pretty low elevation. In case for
some reason I don't see you there, we'll have you again at
Goldstone about an hour and 6 minutes away at 20:35. For
your information, all of your Flight Plans are on board if
you have a chance to look at them, and I'Ii probably talk
to you a little bit about them over the States. Your attitude
momentum situation is looking good and we don't anticipate
any problems with it. You might keep an eye on your maneuver
back to solar inertial though. And I'm assuming that you
do have that maneuver monitor message available to you in
case you need it, do get into gimbal problems again on the
route back.
CDR Okay Crip_ and thanks to all you guys
on the crimson team for your support during the difficult
times there. It worked out great.
CC Thank you sir.
CC Can you tell us if you saw Lake Titicaca?
CDR Yes sir. Clear as a bell. I got about
15 seconds of data on each site.
CC Beautiful.
at tracking ship Vanguard. Completion of todayts seconds
Earth resources experiment package pass. Next station in
sixteen minutes, voice relay station at Tananarive very low
above the horizon and we may or may not have contact at
Tananarive. At 19:31 GMT, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2580/I
TIME: 14:46 CDT, 73:19:46 GMT
1/27/74

mean time. Voice relay station at Tananarive will acquire
space station Skylab in less than 50 seconds. Marginal pass
that's slightly over 3 degrees, we'll stand by to see if
communications are successful through Tananarive,
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS through Tananarive
3 minutes.
CDR Roger, Bob and the EREP tape remaining is
3 centimeters.
CC Copy, 3 centimeters. And for your information
during the pass back there awhile ago_ we ended up turning
CBRM 5 on so that's why your lights are out if you happen to
check that panel.
CDR Roger.
CC And Jer, if you ever get a chance to look
at - look at your Flight Plans that we sent up, you're
gonna see that we have a 183 alternate we - to replace the
S019. The reason we did that was we've got that 183 MAL
coming up this afternoon and we're not sure what the outcome's
going to be. If we can't get it fixed, we'll go with 19,
if we do get it fixed we'll go with 183.
CDR Okay, Bob.
CC Okay, we're going over the hill here,
Goldstone, 20:34. And -
PLT Thank you Crip,
CC Okay, that's about 45 minutes away.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS, Tananarive
voice relay station. Rather long LOS period here of 43 minutes
to the next station which is Goldstone. Final stateside
pass of the day. On revolution 3728 for space station Skylab,
1043 for the crew of Skylab IV. We'll be back in 42 minutes
for Goldstone. This is Skylab Control at 19:51 Greenwich
mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2581/I
TIME: 15:33 CDT, 73:20:33 GMT
1127174
PA0 This is Skylab Control 20:33 Greenwich

mean time. Final stateside pass of the afternoon. Space
station Skylab acquiring through tracking station Goldstone
in about 50 seconds. We'll stand by for resumption of
conversation between Spacecraft Communicator Bob Crippen and
the crew of space station Skylab.
CC Skylab, Houston AOS Goldstone, 5 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston we're about 30 seconds
from LOS, next station contact is through the Vanguard at
20:56 and we'll be doing a data/voice recorder dump, that's
about 17 minutes away. Crimson team will go ahead and say
good afternoon_ we_ll be talking to you tomorrow. The
for your informationp the handheld photos as per your
discussion with Story yesterday is on board and you might
have a chance to peruse and make some commentsp either
pro or con how you like it. Also there was a 516 for the
CDR's, upcoming 71 Charlie photos that he's late doing
later on this evening that is also in the teleprinter if
you haven't looked at it lately.
CDR Okayp Crip (garble),
PAO Skylab Control_ loss of signal for the
final time this afternoon through tracking station at
Goldstonep California. 15 minutes to tracking ship Vanguard.
The Commander Jerry Cart presently subject of MI31 run being
observed by the Pilot_ Bill Pogue. Science Pilot Ed Gibson
shown on t_e Flight Plan as doing his exercise for the day,
a portion of it, Wetll return for tracking ship Vanguard in
14 minutes. This is Skylab Control at 20:41 Greenwich mean
time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2582/I
Time: 15:55 CDT 73:20:55 GMT
1/27/74

mean time. Space station Skylab coming up now in about 45
seconds within range of the tracking ship Vanguard. Standing
by for acquisition at Vanguard.
CC Good afternoon_ Skyiab_ got you through
the Vanguard for i0 minutes. Be be dumping the data/voice
here.
SPT Good afternoon_ Sto_y. How are you and
your team doing?
CC Ah, we're beautiful today, just beautiful.
SPT Good to hear.
CC You near the STS?
SPT No_ l'm not, but I can be. What do you
want?
CC I'd like to REG ADJUST both - both REG
BUSes at 35 degrees counterclockwise.
SPT Okay_
SPT How's that look_ Story?
CC We're looking.
CC Skylab_ we're a minute to LOS, about 15
minutes to Tananarive at 21:20. Ed_ that REG BUS ADJUST
looks good. And for Bill or Jerp could you verify that the
EREP COOLANT FLOW has gone to BYPASS already?
PLT That's verified, Story.
CC Thank you, Bill.
pAO This is Skylab Control. Loss of signal
tracking s_ip Vanguard, Voice relay station Tananarive
in 12 minutes. Very little conversation with the crew of
Skylab over Vanguard. We'll return in 12 minutes for voice
relay station at Tananarive. Change_of_shift briefing with
the off,going Flight Director Don Puddy estimated to be at
4:45 p.m, central time. Flig_t Director Puddy will be
accompanied by his GNS officer_ Terry Watson. That's at
4:45 p.m. central time, Building i briefing room. At 21:08
GMT, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2583/I
Time: 16:19 CDT 73:21:19 GMT
1/27/74

mean time. 50 seconds to acquisition at voice relay station
Tananarive. Change-of-shlft briefing with Flight Director
Don Puddy has been delayed to about 5:00 p.m. is the latest
estimate. He will be accompanied by the GNS officer on his
team Terry Watson. That'll be in the small briefing room
in Building i. We're standing by for AOS Tananarive.
CC Skylab, wetre back with you through
Tananarive for 7 minutes.
CDR Roger Story.
SPT Hey Story, we_ve had the return spring on
the mark 1 break again on us. We're going to have a hack at
trying to fix it up again, we don't have a repair spring.
Maybe we can make the one we have in there work if it's busted
close to the end. The M516 folks wanted to get something
on a maintenance pad. They sent up a permanent general message
specifying the photos they want but the transporter was left
open (garble) be per pad and I'm wondering if you folks could
come up with a transporter we could use for that.
CC Ed, could you could you say that again?
I think you're not coming through very stong through Tananarive.
SPT How are you reading me now Story?
CC I can make that, that's - that's okay.
SPT Okay, the return spring on the mark 1 is
broken for a second time. We want to repair it. M516 wants
to watch maintenance tests with a DAC. They sent up a permanent
general message to that effect but said the transporter
would be specified on the pad. Do you have a transporter
we can use?
CC Okay_ wet11 get you an answer to that.
And just at the beginning of your next ATM pass when you get
at the panel right after the dump we're anticipating you
may get a glmbal on the stop and if you see the canister cage
and you start getting off attitude I!d llke you to load a
3-minute tau go to STANDBY and initiate a maneuver back
to SI by hitting SI.
SPT Do you think we could do that as soon as
we finish the dump maneuver just avoid breaking up the pass?
CC Stand by i.
CC Ed, Houston.
CC Ed, Houston.
CDR Go ahead Story_ kels listening.
CC Okay, that procedure of putting in a
3-minute tau and reinitiating the maneuver back to SI, it_ll
only help us out if we got a - a gimbal on the STOP and we're
off attitude. Also it's a low probability that we're
SL-IV MC-2583/2
Time: 16:19 CDT 73:21:19 GMT
1/27/74
goinB to get into that situation so we'd prefer that he

wait until the can - he sees the canister cage and we get
off attitude a little.
CDR Roger Story.
CC And in terms of that M516, tell him
transporter 06, the film CI87 and he can find that in
drawer A3.
CDR Okay, we copy, thank you.
CC Thanks Jet.
CC Skylab, we're a minute from LOS, about
35 minutes to Hawaii at 22:05.
at Tananarive. 34 minutes to reacquisition of space station
Skylab through Hawaii. However, that pass likely will be
taped for delayed playback, the change-of-shift briefing
with Flight Director Don Puddy and his GNS officer Terry
Watson will be underway starting at around 5 o'clock in the
small briefing room, the Houston News Center. This is
Skylab Control at 21:32 Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2584/I
TIMEz 17:30 CDT, 73:22:30 GMT
1/27/74

mean time. 4 minutes until acquisition at tracking ship
Vanguard. During the just completed Ckange-of_shift briefing
with Flight Director Don Puddy, we taped the Hawaii pass on
this revolution, which at this time will be played back and
then we'll go live at Vanguard.
CC Skylab_ AOS through Hawaii for 9 minutes.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go ahead, Jet.
CDR Okay, Story I just finished the S183 mall
procedure and the little jumper works, we're in good shape.
CC Super Jer, good news.
CC Ed_ Houston.
SPT Go.
CC Ed_ your APCS is looking good_ I assume
you didn't have to go through that procedure and could you
reach over there and get on the CAUTION and WARNING panel,
all BAT CHARGE LOWs - get them all to ENABLE.
SPT Okay, Story, I_ll do it in a minute.
CC Jerry, Houston.
CDR Go ahead_ Story.
CC Jerryp on your details at 23:34, that
handheld photo entry_ that's Hawaii current. And while I
got you on the subject of handheld, the scheduled handhelds
that we'd like you to do those will all still appear on your
detail pads. All the ones that appear on the handheld pads,
those are all optional, So the scheduled ones will still
appear on your detail pads.
CDR Okay, good enough Story.
CC And let us know how that works out and
I see Bill riding a bike so could you go down and turn off
experiment recorder number i when you get a chance.
CDR Okay_ I had it on for S183 in order to
let them see the cycle reset, the cycle clear out and I
just finished with it.
CC Yes sirp thanks,
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS about
22 minutes to the Vanguard at 22:34_ be looking to dump the
data/volce there and Jer_ we'll be ready for the evening
status report.
CDR What time was that again, Story.
CC That_ll be at 22:34p the Vanguard.
CDR Okay.
SPT All BAT CHARGE LOW, CAUTION and WARNING
are ENABLEDp Story.
CC Thanks Ed.
SL-IV MC2584/2
TIME: 17:30 CDT, 73:22:30 GMT
1/27/74
PAO This is Skylab Cont_ol_ teat completes

playback of the Hawaii pass. We're a minute and 20 seconds
away from acquisition at tracking ship Vanguard where the
evening status report is scheduled. During the run earlier
today of the Pilot Bill Pogue on tee MI31 human vestibular
function in attempt to induce motion sickness symptoms, Pogue
experienced no symptoms of motion sickness in either direction
of rotation clockwise or counterclockwise. And apparently
the weather is clear at least in the Maryland area around
G0ddard Space Flight Center because of the crew of Skylab IV
spotted the laser from Goddard in yellow_orange light from
1200 miles down range at the strength of one watt. We're
some 14 seconds away from acquisition at Vanguard and standing
by for the evening status report.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2585/I
Time: 17:35 CDT 73:22:35 GMT
1/27/74
CC Skylab, AOS through the Vanguard for 9

minutes.
SPT Hello, Story.
CC Hello, and we'll be dumping the data/
voice here.
PLT Story, ready for the photo log?
CC Okay, Bill, go on the photo log.
PLT 16_millimeter. EREP, VTS Charlie Lima
12, 65 percent. Nikon: Nikon 01, Charlie X-ray 44, count
64_ Nikon 02, Bravo Victor 40, the count is 47; Nikon 03,
Charlie India 115, count is 65; Nikon 04, Bravo Echo i0,
count is 43_ Nikon 05p India Romeo ii, count is 38. 70-
millimeter, Charlie X-ray 18, count is 135. ETC, India Romeo
03, count is 62, Charlie Tango, 13, count is 67. EREP, set
Zulu 0761, 2939, 0486, 9844, 1615, 0552. Drawer A configura-
tion: transporter 02 Charlie India 86, 05 percent, Charlie
India 80; transporter 05, Charlie India 94, 18 percent,
Charlie India 128. Alfa 3, transporter 06, Charlie India
inter 7 - 87, count is - remaining 99 percent, Charlie India 79.
Alfa 4, transporter 08, Charlie India 65, 99 percent, Charlie
India 81. The BACK transporter 07, Charlie India 129, 65
percent, Charlie India 78.
CC Thanks, Bill.
CDR Okay, Story, with the evening status
report. CDR: sleep, 7.0, 6 heavy, i light; SPT, 7.0, 6
heavy, i light_ PLT, 6.0, 6 heavy. Volumes: 280, 160, 420.
Water gun: 8863, 4896, 1640. Body mass: 6.315, 6.316,
6.314_ 6.403, 6.399, 6.405; 6.255, 6.255, 6.255. Exercise:
CDR, no change_ SPT, standard, minus Bravo - method Bravo;
PLT, standard, plus i0 minutes extra of Alfa, and minus Bravo.
C - Medication: CDR_ none; SPT, none; PLT, 3 Actifed as
directed. Clot_ing: CDR, socks and shorts; SPT, none; PLT,
shorts, socks, T-shirt, and shirt. Food log: CDR, zero salt,
minus i coffee with sugar, plus 1.0 rehydration water; SPT,
11.5 salt, plus lemonade, zero rehydration water; PLT, 7.0
salt_ plus i grape drink, zero rehydration water. Flight
Plan deviations: none. Shopping list accomplishments:
SMMD and BMMD photos were done last night. Inoperable equip-
ment: mark i exerciser return spring broken, SPT is repairing.
S183 malf complete and successful. Unscheduled stowage: none.
That's _t.
CC Thanks Jet, And a little clarification
on t_at handheld photo _ that optional at 23:34 should read
handheld 30. T_at_s observe t_e boundaries between the north
and Pacific current and north equatorial current.
CDR Okay, understand, Handheld 30.
CC Yes, sir, at 23:34. Cross out the handheld
32.
SL-IV MC2585/2
Time: 17:35 CDT 73:22:35 GMT
1/27/74
CDR Okay, And two other comments I might add

here Number i, the radiation survey meter is not indicating.
We suspect we have a bad battery on that. So, let's add that
to inoperable equipment. And the people - the urine people are
interested in the volumes and everything, there's a special
message for them on tape, at 13 correction 18:10 Zulu.
CC Thanks Jer. And, Jer, I guess you asked Bob
Parker to get you an analysis on your time line and how your
work was coming along. I've got that for you.
CDR Okay, go ahead.
CC Okay, the plan for SL-II and SL-III was
approximately 24 man hours per day of science and other mission
required events. The pran - the plan pre your mission was
approximately 28 man hours per day after mission
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2586/I
TIME: 17:41 CDT, 73:22:41 GMT
1/27/74
CDR Okay, go ahead.

CC Okay the plan for SL-II and SL-III was
approximately 24 man hours per day of science and other mission
required events. The plan pre your mission was approximately
28 man hours per day after mission day 20 that was based on
the SL-III performance for their last month. At present
you're running 27.5 man hours over the last l0 days and
considering that you're getting one and a half hours of
PT, you're working exactly the same as SL-III was during
their last month. And these man hours are based on experiments
and other mission required documents.
CDR Okay_ thank you Story.
CC Jerry_ Houston.
CC One more thing to clean up on the
evening status report. The extra grape drink that Bill had,
was that Apollo or Skylab grape drink?
CDR That was Skylab.
CC Thanks. And we're a minute from LOS,
about 15 minutes to Tananarive at 22:59 and Ed were you able
to locate a spare springs for the Mark I exerciser?
SPT That's negative Story, but the one which
broke previously broke pretty close to the end and amounted
to just loosing about an inch out of oh maybe seven inches
or so and we're going to try to make it work this way. Just
screwing the spring back on to the reed - the plastic insert.
I'm able to do that and just coil it up a little looser than we
had it before and see how it works.
CC Okay, we couldn't find you a spare from down
here. There is an exercise repair kit in W-700.
CDR Yeah, we have that Story. We already
repaired this Mark I on about day 20 or somethink like that
and decided to save the spring since only about an inch of
it was broken off and it looks like maybe it was a good thing
to do.
CC That was a good move in shades of
Pete Conrad.
PAO This is - this is Skylab Control, LOS
tracking ship Vanguard. 14 minutes to final pass over
voice relay station at Tananarive. Aboard space station
Skylab, the cabin pressure now holding at 5.6 pounds per
square inch of which 3,6 pounds are the partial pressure
oxygen wardroom temperature is around 72 degrees and as
Story Musgrave passed up to the crew, the analysis of the
amount of time spent on Science is averaging around 27.5
man hours per day over the last 21 days. Pre mission planning
had pegged this crew for 28 man hours per day. Tananarive in
13 minutes, at 22:46 Greenwich mean time, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2587/I
Time: 17:58 CDT 73:22:58 GMT
1/27/74

mean time. Final pass at the voice relay station at
Tananarive in about 45 seconds, duration of about 4-i/2
minutes. At these low-elevatlon angles the antenna at
Tananarive has experienced difficulties in locking up solidly
with the space station. The next station after Tananarive
is Hawaii at which is scheduled the medical conference with
the crew physician. 15 seconds to predicted acquis_tlon at
Tananarive, standing by.
CC Skylab, A0S through Tananari_e for 2
minutes.
CC Skylab_ we're about a minute and a half
to LOS. The med conference will be coming up at Hawaii in
about 40 minutes at 23:41, be dumplng the data/voice there.
The next time we'll see you will he the Vanguard in about an
hour and 15 minutes at 00:13.
CDR Roger Story, and I got a question for the
photo people, if you can answer it reaJ quick. Bravo Echo
10 is loaded into Nikon 04 now and the S063 pad has got us
taking that one out and reloading Bravo Echo ii, and I don't
i think that makes a whole heck of a lot of sense. I'd llke
f
to go ahead and use Nikon 04 with the films it's got in it,
I think all of this uploading and downloading of film is a
dangerous practice and we're going to lose a roll if we don't
quit it.
CC Okay, we got that and we'll get you an
answer Jer.
CDR Okay, you might - if you don't contact
us youTself you might pass the woTd through the medical
officer.
CC Okay, and I got one other change to the
film thread pad and that's load CII16 located in H_8 into
Nikon 03.
CDR Will do it.
CC Okay.
CC Jer, we show you out of film on BE-10 from
down here.
CDR Okay Story, I may be out of line on that_
we'll check it.
CC Okay, we'll do the best we can. We show
you out of film on BE-IO and suggest loading Nikon 04 with BE-If
and you can find that in H27.
CDR Roger, thank you.
CDR Story, the deal is, I thought Bravo or
Nikon 04 was of the two that he just special loaded this morning.
CC Copy Jer.
PAO Skylab Control. Loss of signal for the
SL-IV MC-2587/2
Time: 17:58 CDT 73:22:58 GMT
1/27/74
final time tonight through voice relay station at Tananarive.

Next station in 34 m_nutes, tracking station Hawaii also for
the final time this evening. At Hawaii we have the medical
conference with the crew physician scheduled, a summary of
which will be forthcoming as soon as possible afteT the
conference. At 23:07 Greenwich mean time this is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2588/I
TIME: 18:44 CDT, 73:23:44 GMT
1/27/74

mean time. About 6 minute remaining in the Hawaii pass.
And it's expected that the crew surgeon will not use the
entire Hawaii time here and that the air-to-ground llne will
he handed back to the spacecraft communicator. So we'll
stand by here through the remainder of Hawaii.
CC Skylab, we're back up with you through
Hawaii for 6 minutes.
CDR Roger, Story.
CC Jet, do you recall what the tape measurement
on the EREP was this morning?
PLT 3 centimeters.
CC 3, thank you.
CDR Story, do you mean on the early one?
On the early rerpo _ EREP, I aired-to-grounded it down. I
think it was 4.7.
CC The last one is the one we wanted thanks.
PLT Are you going to Cgarble).
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. The next
station, the Vanguard in about 23 minutes at 00:13. And for
Ed or Bill, there's another radition survey meter used on
a previous mission in F_554.
PLT 554, thank you.
CC Okay, Bill.
PAO This is Skylab Control. LOS Hawaii for
the final time this evening. Next station Vanguard, then
an extremely brief Ascension pass of only 3-1/2 minutes at
1-1/2 degrees elevation and it's a long LOS, back around to
Vanguard agafn almost a full revolution. 20 minutes to
Vanguard. 23:52 Greenwich mean time, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2589/I
Time: 19:12 CDT 73:00:12 GMT
1/27/74
PAO Skylab Control at 12 minutes past midnight

Greenwich mean time. 50 seconds from acquisition at tracking
ship Vanguard. And we're standing by for this station pass
with the exception of a very brief pass at Ascension Island.
About 8 minutes after Vanguard LOS it'll be almost a Vanguard
to Vanguard orbit this time. 15 seconds away from acquisition
here at the tracking ship Vanguard.
CC Skylab, AOS through the Vanguard for 9
minutes.
CDR Roger, starting the maneuver.
CC Okay.
CC And you're looking good so far.
CC Skylab, we're a minute from LOS, about 8
to Ascension at 00:29. Your APCS is looking good and you
got a good maneuver time.
CDR Roger Story.
at tracking ship Vanguard. About 6 minutes away from a
brief pass through Ascension lasting about 3-1/2 minutes.
Meanwhile some interesting statistics about consumables
aboard Skylab space station. Back in May of last year when
the space station was launched some 6113 pounds of gaseous
oxygen were loaded of which 5432 pounds are usable. As of
mission day 72,2285 pounds of oxygen remain or 41 percent
41.3 percent of the usable quantity. Gaseous nitrogen, 1630
pounds were loaded of that 1439 pounds are usable - were
usable and at mission 72, 613 pounds remained or 42.5 percent
of the usable quantity. In the water tanks 6649 pounds were
loaded, usable quantity 5916 pounds and remaining on mission
day 72 were 1955 pounds or 33 percent, enough to run another
mission or two. We're 4 minutes away from AOS Ascension,
we'll just stand by for this LOS period until we reacquire
at Ascension Island. While we're waiting for reacquisition
through Ascension we have the surgeon's medical summary from
the medical conference back at Hawaii. Dr. Paul Buchanan
talked to the crew for perhaps 2 minutes of that Hawaii
pass and his summary is as follows: Astronaut Bill Pogue
the pilot will continue his antihistamine decongestant for
3 more days. He reports feeling "fine and over the hump"
regarding his recent nasal sinus problem. The general
health of the crew continues satisfactory. That concludes
the medical status for today. Acting crew physician Dr.
Paul Buchanan. About a minute away from reacquisition at
Ascension and standing by.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2590/I
Time: 19:28 CDT 73:00:28 GMT
1/27/74
PAO Skylab, back with you through Ascension

for a short pass, 3 minutes.
PLT Are you calling someone, Story?
CC No, sir. But got I - since I got you,
Bill, could you verify that the EREP tape was 3.0 centimeters?
PLT That's affirmative, 3.0 centimeters, i
and 3/16 inches.
CC Skylab, we're a minute from LOS. Next
station's the Vanguard in about an hour and 15 minutes at
01:50. We'll be planning on dumping the data/voice there.
We're showing that the outer gimbal on CMG 3 is on and off
of the stops. You may get a reset and no other actionls re-
quired.
PLT Okay, Story, thank you. And it's sort
of puzzling. You know, we did have two short bursts on 192
on this second EREP and we were just wondering if you had reason
to suspect that we did not get all the data on tape we
should have. Or we shouldtve used more tape than we did.
CC Yes, sir, we expected you to use 500 more
feet than that 3 centimeters would dictate.
PLT Okay, next time I (garble) MDA I'm going
to check that, but two of us looked at the measurement, so I
feel fairly certain that it's correct. However, I will recheck
it.
CC Okay, thanks a lot. We are planning tomor-
row's run on 3 centimeters though, Bill.
PLT Okay, I won't bother to call unless I find
an error.
CC Okay, thanks. And for Ed, over the Vanguard,
his phone call will be coming up and it's ANTENNA RIGHT.
PLT Roger on that.
CC And you will be getting a CMG reset here,
Skylab.
PLT Okay.
PAO Skylab Control. Loss of signal at Ascen-
sion. An hour and 15 minutes to reacquisltion at tracking ship
Vanguard, which likely will be the final call of the night.
It'll be a little more than an hour before crew bedtime. We'll
be back at Vanguard in an hour and 15 minutes. At 35 minutes
past midnight Greenwich mean time, Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2591/I
Time: 20:49 CDT 73:01:49 GMT
1/27/74

mean time. Tracking ship Vanguard in 50 seconds which may be
the good night call to the crew, however there's only a
brief gap across to Ascension of about 3 minutes. And if
the mission business takes both passes, we'll stay up for
both of them. Standing by at 01:50 and some i0 seconds away
from acquisition Vanguard.
CC Skylab, we got yon through the Vanguard
for ii minutes.
CDR Roger Story.
PLT Story, PLT with some questions on house-
keeping 71 Charlie.
CC Okay, go Bill.
PLT Roger, I had no trouble finding the canister
which was on our mission cause I took it out. The - If you have
the pad there for housekeeping 71 Charlie - let me read very
briefly, that - that'll do it. Obtain one can from each of
the below categories. Sky _ SL III, midmission, both red and
silver tape on crinkle finish. I can find no canister which
fits that description. Bravo, SL III end of mission, red tape
on name plate. I can find B canisters which qualify for Bravo.
So I have no canister which qualifies as an Alfa category and
I have 3 that qualify as Bravo. _f you can give me serial
numbers I'd be grateful.
CC Copy Bill.
PLT We got everything set up and I've already
sampled our own canister but I'm holding off for a serial number
on these other two so I don_t bring back erroneous data.
CDR Houston_ CDR,
CC Go Jet,
CDR Roger Story_ this is precisely the problem
that we've been afraid of on the deactivation or the - the wind-
down phase of this mission and that is we get caught in snags
like this that just eat up the time like mad and that's why
we want to get all this stuff done early. And I hope this will
show some of the folks down there that this is a good case in
point that things are not always stowed Just exactly the way
they expect it. And there's a lot of research has to be done
and we can get burned if we don_t get this this kind of thing
done early. So if they have anymore little jobs like this, we
would very much like to get them soon so if there are glitches
we can - we'll have time to work them out.
CC Okay Jer.
CC Ed, Houston.
CC Skylab, we need the DAS here for an outer
SL-IV MC-2591/2
Time: 20:49 CDT 73:01:49 GMT
1/27/74
gimbal backup.
CC And Skylab, we're trying to make this the
last pass for the night, if you can give us the ATM frames
remaining.
PLT And Story, if you don't get the information
then I think that probably you ought to reschedule housekeeping
71 Charlie when you can give us the correct information.
CC Okay, Bill, the best I can give you right
now is we've got no serial number identification. The only
kind of clue I can give you is that silver tape was used to
help tie down the red tape on those canisters. That's the
only help I can give you right now.
PLT Well, it wasn't silver, it was gray and three
of them are like that.
CC And is that tape holding down red tape?
PLT That's affirmative and there are no canisters
with silver tape on anything other than the inlet and outlet
ports. All of them have either red tape or green tape and
there are three of them that have red tape over the name
labels and gray tape holding that red _ piece of red tape down.
The red tape doesn't hold on too w_ll that_'s why they did that.
CC Okay, I t[eink wend call those Alfa canisters.
PLT I assume that tD_are was one in particular
that had the _ the phase of the mission that was critical and
there are three of them that a=e _ that are taped identically.
One other additional bit of info_matlon which may help, one of
the canisters - the exterior finish is shiny black paint and
all the rest of them are a dull mat black finish.
CC Thanks Bill.
CC And we're a minute from LOS now_ Ascension
is about 3 minutes down the roadp we_ll make Ascension our
last pass for the night.
PAO Skylab Control. LOS Vanguard_ Ascension in
a minute and 45 seconds which likely will be the final pass
of the evening_ 02;02 Greenwich mean time, standin_ by for
Ascension acquisition.
CC Skylab, back with you through Ascension for
i0 minutes.
PLT Heym Story, PLT, I got a suggestion.
CC Go Bill.
PLT Let me sample all of these canisters. It's
more work but I think ittll take less time in the long run if
I do it. And I _ maybe the chemical anal - I can identify them
with - by the serial number which is the only thing I have to
go by and perhaps they can do something with the chemical
analysis later.
CC We_ll get with you_
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2592/1
TIME: 21:05 CDT, 73:02:05 GMT
1/27/74
CC We'll get with you.

CC Jerry, Houston.
CC Jer, we're still working this 6 cycle per
second Froblem in your comm and we got about three alternatives
we can take now. One of them is about a 20 minute proced.,re
that we've worked up where with a cable we bypass the voice
recording amplifiers and we hard wire the microphone BUS 2
to recorders and this way you can record even with the AUDIO
BUFFER i circuit breaker open. A second possibility is to
ground - is to shear channel A with the ground and recording.
The third possibility is to do nothing and wetd like to get
a feel for which way you'd like to go.
CDR Well, I think the Jumper cables sounds
the most promising. What kind of cable would we be using?
CC It's a cable that you got on board, itls
specifically designed to do that task, Jer.
CDR Okay, why don_t you schedule it and send
us up a pad on it and we'll get it done.
CC Okay, we_ll send t_e procedure up to you
and you can take a look at it and if you want to change your
mind then - we think it's a good way to go.
CDR Okay, good enough.
CC And for tomorrow's wakeup, youtre
scheduled to get up at about ii, I can offer you a wakeup either
i0 minutes early at Tananarlve or i0 minutes late at Honeysuckle.
CDR Okay, why den_t you make it i0 minutes late
and we_ll send _ we_ll set up our alarm clocks.
CC Okay_ and you can tell Ed his ATM closeout
looks good hare and all we got left is an ATM frames remaining.
CC Bill, Houston.
CDR Go ahead he"s listening,
CC Okayp we don_t have anything better for him
on those canisters and what he suggested and that is to sample
all of them. And as he samples take down any characteristics
that he can such as shiny black or dull black. And tape
configuration - it's on them _ and a serial number and we_ll
fold it together when we get on the ground,
CDR Okayp I th_nk Ed_s doing some night
photography or something, I'ii go up and get the frame count.
CC Thanks, Jet.
CDR Okay_ - here's the frame count starting
with H-alpha 7979, 85555, all balls 8, 00024, 898, and 2604.
CC Thanks, Jet.
CDR Story, how does the EREP C&D coolant loop
look to you. It - pump sounds kind of puny.
CC Jer, it is about 20 pounds per hour
flow lower than it was yesterday and just over the Vanguard
SL-IV MC2592/2
TIME: 21:05 CDT, 73:02:05 GMT
1/27/74
about 20 minutes ago we had a couple of glitches where it

dropped off i0 pounds and then came back up to normal again.
CDR You want to swap pumps?
CC No sir, it's fine where it is.
CDR Okay.
CC We think it's gas in the fluid, Jer and
changing pumps wouldntt help us out any. And also the more
gas that's in there the quieter it seems to be.
CDR Well, that's, sure it is quieter.
CC That's really a thing we got going to
let y'all sleep better.
CDR You're all heart.
CC And speaking of sleep, we're about
40 seconds from LOS here and we're not going to call you
again. If you need us, the next station is Guam in
35 minutes at 02:48.
CDR Roger, Story good night.
CC Good night, Jet.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2593/I
Time: 21:14 CDT 74:02:14 GMT
1/27/74
PA0 Skylab Control. LOS Ascension Island and

the final good night to the crew of Skylab IV. Wake-up call
will be at Honeysuckle tomorrow morning at i0 minutes past
6 central time. Signing off until then, this is Skylab
Control at 02:15 Greenwich mean time.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2594/I
Time: 22:07 CDT 74:03:07 GMT
1/27/74
PAO This is Skylab Control at GMT 3 hours and

7 minutes. The crew was awakened over Guam and was given
some information pertaining to CMG number 3. We'll play
that tape back now.
CC Skylab, Houston through Guam for (garble)
minutes.
PLT Story on this 70 Charlie, we_ve sampled
five of the canisters, the only one we didn't sample was from
the second one that we knew came from our flight. So we'll
bring back five of them, they're identified by serial number
and the best physical description we can give of the can and
also the way it was taped and marked.
CC Okay, thanks Bill. We didn't want to
call you this station but CMG number 3, the outer gimbals are
on and off the stops continually in here and you_ll probably
get a reset in here. We think that p_oblem will take care
of itself after the next nightslde dump,
SPT Thanks Story,
SPT Hey Story_ kow_ the bearing 2 looking, is
that Just about holding stable?
CC We're about 30 seconds to LOS here. CMG
number 2_ those bearing have appeared to reach a new plateau,
they haven't degraded any or changed their parameters any in
the last few days.
CDR Thanks Storyp they may go on for months
and months.
CC And good night againp the next acquisition
we won't call you is the Vanguard at 03:27.
SPT Good night Story and team.
CC Okay Ed, see you in the morning.
MCC Good night Ed.
SPT Night Bill.
PAO For the second time tonight they put the
crew to bed. At GMT 3 hours 9 minutes this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2595/I
Time: 05:45 CDT 10:45:00 GMT
1/28/74
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time l0

hours 45 minutes. Wakeup call through Tananarive on this
mission day 74. We'll bring the llne up for CAP COMM Hank
Hartsfield.
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time lO
hours 47 minutes. Wakeup will be through Honeysuckle tracking
station in about 2 minute - 22 minutes. We'll bring the line
back up at that t_me. Greenwich mean time l0 hours 47 minutes,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2596/I
Time: 05:48 CDT 74:10:48 GMT
1/28/74
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time ii

hours 9 minutes, January 28, mission day 74. Wakeup call
coming through the Honeysuckle tracking station. We'll bring
the line up for CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
CC (Music)
CC Skylab, Houston, good morning from the
bronze team. We're about 30 seconds from LOS, we'll see you
at Goldstone at 38.
CDR Good morning.
CC I guess I ought to make that the bright
team. We have the bronze team with the white flight director.
CC (Music)
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time ii
hours and 14 minutes. Wakeup through Honeysuckle to the strains
of the Tijuana Brass. Today mission day 74, a survey of
Earth resources, eight periods of solar observations, medical
experiments and a light flash experiment, make up the major
portion of Monday's Flight Plan for the crew of Skylab. Weather
permitting, Skylab IV crew members, Gerald Carr, Bill Pogue,
and Science Pilot Ed Gibson, will make a photographic and
electronic scanner survey along groundtrack 20 starting at
approximately 1:15 p.m. central daylight time. The track
starts in the Pacific Ocean off the coast of Oregon and continues
southeastward through Utah, New Mexico, and along the Rio
Grande River into Texas, then out into the Gulf of Mexico
back across Central America and through South America. EREP
pass will last approximately 30 minutes with Commander Carr
at the control and display panel, and Pilot Pogue at the view-
finder tracking system while Science Pilot Gibson operates
the Earth terrain camera through the antisolar scientific
airlock. Also on today's Flight Plan are nearly 6 hours of
solar observation. Carr and Gibson will scrutinize flares,
prominences, and other activities on the Sun while at the
ATM console. Pogue will be the subject and Gibson the observer
in a run of the M092, lower body negative pressure device and
M093 vectorcardiogram experiments. S019 ultraviolet stellar
astronomy and S073 Gengenschein/zodical light experiments
are also scheduled for today as well as the light flash experiment
involving Pilot Bill Pogue. And if science experiment time lines
are followed to the second the Skylab IV crew will accumulate
28 hours 28 minutes more of time devoted to science. Yesterday
the helicopter carrier_ U.S.S. New Orleansp prime recovery
sh_p for Skylab IV left San Diego en route to the Pacific Ocean
recovery area. Next acquisition in 22 minutes and i0 seconds
through Goldstone. At Greenwich mean time ii hours 16 minutes,
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2597/I
Time: 06:37 CDT 74:11:37 GMT
1/28/74
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time Ii

hours 37 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Goldstone
tracking station in 50 seconds. G&C officer reports that the
CMG number 2 has shown a slight improvement since the glitch
which began 4 days ago. Wheel speed is back up between 8850
and 8870. It had been ranging from about 8850 down to about
8820 the last several days. Wheel speed is back up and the
currents are down slightly during this last pass through
Honeysuckle. This stateside pass will be about 15 minutes
in duration. We'll bring the line up for CAP COMM Hank Harts-
field.
CC Skylab, Houston through Goldstone for i0
minutes.
SPT Hello Hank, what's new in the news?
CC Okay, I've got a little bit here for you.
Saudi Arabia's oil minister said King Faisal was considering
cutting the Saudi oil prices because of concern over international
trade. The minister said the monarch was worried that recently
hiked prices might contribute to balance of payment problems in both
the industrialized and underdeveloped nations. Pope Paul VI
declared a 19th century Spanish nun a saint of the Roman Catholic
church. The new saint, Teresa, forgive me on this one, Jornet
Ibars, founded the Little Sisters of the Poor and the Aged,
an order of nuns. And here's another name I may have trouble
with, Frank Ikard, the president of the American Petroleum
Institute, said Sunday he did not think gasoline prices will
reach the $1°00-a-gallon level predicted by some people. He
said he hoped rationing would not be necessary although
gasoline supplies will be tight through early summer. Ikard
made these statements during a weekly Meet the Press program
on NBC. And in Brisbane, Australia, and you might look for this
sometime today, aircraft pilots have reported that the Gulf
of Carpentarla and five major river systems, swollen by recent
record rains have merged into an inland sea 200 miles wide.
Australfa_ l_ke the Houston area, has had heavy rains this
month. More than 32 inches have fallen on Brisbane, and
more fs forecast. Saint Patrick's Day never had much impact
on Pocahontas, Virginia. It will this year for Dr. Peter
O'_Dwyer has arrived. The tiny coalfield community hasn't had
a doctor in residence for more than a year until O'Dwyer arrived.
A grateful mayor said, "We looked everywhere; we went to the
National Health Services, state agencies, everywhere" except
Dublin, Ireland. That's where O'Dwyer practiced last. He
heard of the Pocahontas plight_ packed his lock, stock and
stethoscope and matriculated to Appalachia. The nation's first
mandatory gasol±ne rationing program goes into effect today
_n Hawaii. The program is based on an odd-even license plate
SL-IV MC-2597/2
Time: 06:37 CDT 74:11:37 GMT
1/28/74
concept. Cars with odd-numbered plates can fill up on odd-

numbered days. Those with even-numbered plates get gasoline
on even-numbered days. The weekend saw lines of autos several
blocks long waiting to fill up before the rationing started.
In Indianapolis the burglar alarm went off. Police rushed
to the scene and found two men standing over blood soaked
bodies. "Freeze," said the cops. The shivering gunmen froze
and their victims sat up. It turned out that the gangsters and
their targets were students making a movie for a class project.
It will never be the same at the Brebeuf Prep School. In
London the state run gas industry is urging couples to save
fuel by sharing a bath. The Gas Board has issued an advertise-
ment showing a man and woman in a tub captioned, "Put a bit
of romance in your bath." "Vulgar" cries one lawmaker; "l'm
shocked," cries another. And how about the bathers, well none
are available for comment. Congress faces a busy legislative
schedule in the coming week. But it will be interrupted by the
President's State of the Union message. President Nixon will
address a joint session of Congress and the nation via TV at
9:00 p.m. Wednesday. He will outline his legislative program,
and try to convince the public his ability to govern has not
been crippled by the Watergate affair. And in sports I have
one score. The Houston Aeros knocked over Vancouver 4 to 2 in
hockey Saturday night_ and I think they played last night but I
haven't been able to get that score yet.
CDR How are the Aeros doing this year, Hank?
CC They've got the best statistics of any
of the teams in the world hockey
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-2598/I
Time: 06:42 CDT 74:11:42 GMT
1/28/74
CC - (garble) one score. The Houston Aeros

knocked over Vancouver 4 to 2 in hockey Saturday night, and
I think they played last night but I haven't been able to
get that score yet.
CDR How were the Aeros doing this year,
Hank?
CC Oh, they're doing great, and got the
best statistics of any of the teams in the World Hockey
League and they're right on top in our division.
CDR Very good.
CC And I have that score from last night.
Houston Aeros beat the Edmonton Oilers 4 to I.
CDR Good show.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from
LOS. We'll see you again in 5 minutes at Canary Islands at
01, and we're scheduled to dump the recorder there.
CDR Okay, Hank.
ii hours 58 minutes. Loss of signal through Bermuda. Next
acquisition in 2 minutes through Canary/Madrid, overlapping
sites on this pass as Skylab begins its 3738th revolution of the
Earth since launch on May 14. The crew presently in the
MII0 medical experiment procedures. This is part of the
blood - blood drawing in the mission. This is the seventh
time that the crew has taken blood samples during the mis-
sion. Only one more time is scheduled for sample taking of
the blood of the three crew members. Scheduled this morning
is the 13th operation of the S073 experiment. This is the
gegenschien/zodiacal light experiment. This experiment, which
had difficulties earlier in the mission; 36 performances had been
scheduled for Skylab IV. Today's operation by Pilot Pogue
is the 13th time this experiment will be used through the
antisolar scientific airlock. Acquisition comin_ through
Canary/Madrid. We'll bring the line up for CAP COMM Hank
Hartsfield as Phil Shaffer here at the Mission Control Center
will be directing a reentry simulation with backup crew
members Vance Brand, Don Lind_ and Bill Lenoir. This simu-
lation will begin at the loss of signal through Canary with
Phil Shaffer directing the reentry sim.
CC Skylab, Houston through Canaries for
9 minutes, and we need the recorder for dump.
CDR Okay.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC2599/!
_ime: 07:02 CDT, 74:12:02 GMT
1/28/74
CC PLT, Houston. Are you free to listen

up a minute?
PLT Go ahead, Hank.
CC Bill, we were looking at the dump tapes and
in regard to your operation with a RXM survey of film vault
on, I guess it was yesterday and we think that that meter
you used yesterday's probably operating normal. What happens,
we made an error in your details and didn't and we told
you it was non-time critical when indeed it was. It should've
been done in the radiation zone there and it wasn't. And we
think that not getting any response from it is certainly
proper. We think the meter's okay.
PLT Okay. Fine and how about shipping me up a
real quick pad and I'ii try to work it in today. That'll
give me then some time.
CC Okay. We'll see what we can do.
CC And Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from
LOS. We'll see you again at Honeysuckle at 46 and that's
36 minutes from now.
12 hours i0 minutes. Loss of signal through Canary/Madrid
tracking station. Next acquisition will be Honeysuckle in
35 minutes. Today, we have an EREP pass, the 35th in the
mission of Skylab IV, a U.S., Central America-South America
pass along groundtrack 20, which begins at 1:15 p.m. central
daylight time. Currently a changeover in progress at the
Mission Control Center with Gene Kranz, Flight Director of
the bronze team, turning over the operations to Don Puddy,
oncoming Flight Director. Next acquisition in 34 minutes
and 30 seconds through Honeysuckle. At Greenwich mean time
12 hours and Ii minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE

Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 26 of 32

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 26 of 32

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SL-IV MC2500/I

Time: 12:26 CDT, 71:17:26 GMT

PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. (Garble) 67

PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time

PLT We're certainly looking forward to being

experiments not using the scientific airlock. Again in

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time

tracking station. Next acquisition 1 hour and 1 minute away

PAO This is Skylab Control at 19:45 Greenwich

PAO This is Skylab Control 20:20 Greenwich

burn maneuver that will increase the orbital lifetime of

PAO This is Skylab Control at 20:44 Greenwich

itself. And as it gets closer to the screen - or closer

PAO Skylab Control, 21:11 Greenwich mean

PAO This is Skylab Control, 21:31 Greenwich

PAO This is Skylab Control, 21:54 Greenwich

CDR Roger Story. And can you folks recommend

PAO This is Skylab Control, 22:22 Greenwich

to ask you when we were going to get the recorder.

PAO Skylab Control at 22:46 Greenwich mean

PAO This is Skylah Control, 23:30 Greenwich

pretty conscientiously. So, if that's not enough, we probably

CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. The

PAO Skylab Control, 01:08 Greenwich mean

the flight plans yet?

CC Okay, and we got about 25 seconds to LOS

PAO This is Skylab Control, 01:41 Greenwich

I'm taking the picture of. Would they rather I used a

CC (Music: "In the Wee Small Hours of the

hours to add to a huge log of science experiments. Next

PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time

Import Corporation in Peking. "Ordinarily we would not open

We're about a minute or so from LOS here at Tananarive, and

PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time

electronigraphic camera in an attempt to photograph possible

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

CC Skylab, Houston; A0S Canary 7-1/2 minutes.

stateside along a stateside groundtrack, provided radar

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

significant change is that there is a helmet streamer now

SPT just come off the limb at around

MCC Bill Lenoir

as seen in the XUV monitor is much more pronounced than in

SPT - beginning at 16:22, orbit 2 is the

activity it makes the challenge all the bigger, so - it'll be

CC Skylab, Houston; we're AOS through Goldstone

CC Skylab, Houston. 1 minute to LOS. Bermuda

CC Skylab, Houston. We're back with you

CC SPT, Houston. For your information, Ed, that

of pink. But that's more for your interest.

MCC Oh, also Ed, regarding this attempt to get

SPT - - that would be 20 degrees away from

sequence in the operation of the airglow. At one point,

SPT - - that you might appreciate as you

we've - currently have gotten 31 passes. We're looking

MCC about then as well. The corollaries,

to date on that. We got a pretty good elongation angle now,

PAO This is Skylab Control at 19:35 Greenwich

PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO. Standing by for

PLT MARK. REFERENCE to 2 on 191. 47:10,

PLT Stand by.

PAO This is Skylab Control, 20:01 Greenwich